76
+ Music Video Assignment 2 YOUR GROUP NAME HERE

Mv assignment 02 2014 3

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+

Music VideoAssignment 2YOUR GROUP NAME HERE

+Idea one Sun Rise Light Flies by Kasabian This music video seems to focus on nature as a whole with only a few shots of the band members throughout

There are brief appearances of civilians living within the desert location where the video is taking place these people are represented as somewhat vulnerable There is a large amount of images shots and camera movement all of which create emphasis on the aspects of the desert eg dunes cacti canyons rocks The shots of civilians create meaning because it suggests how weak they might be Extreme long shots could predominate in my music video because of how often it will depict the surroundings of the college eg the field This shot will be very frequent in my music video Montage will also be employed within my video as many different shots will be edited and then pieced together so that the video follows a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action I could utilize editing in an effective manner that is quite similar to many music videos today (including Kasabianrsquos music video) in a time period where special effects and portable video exist The aspects of this video relate to the lyrics of the song especially because the word lsquosunlightrsquo is heard quite often and the video is set during a cloudless sunny day My own music video will match the lyrics as well Close-ups will also be used In this video the use of this shot proves that the artists intend to develop their video and its effects on the audience and this is something that I will be aiming to accomplish in my music video

In my own music video I could interpret the styles editing techniques and genre conventions of this video in my own way applying them to my video My video does not have to consist entirely of lip-syncing or appearances of the band member I could incorporate multiple shots of surrounding areas eg trees roads vehicles to create emphasis and meaning just like in the Kasabian music video In this way I could piece together shots of a person and shots of surrounding locations together to create an effective whole Instead of using extreme long-shots often I will use different shots equally so that they all appear as leading shots Another method I could use is setting my video on a cloudy or rainy day so as to provide a different atmosphere to the one in Kasabianrsquos music video in which it was sunny and the atmosphere was somewhat peaceful The types of camerawork I could use in my video would differ from the Kasabian music video which utilized tracking shots and zoom To create emphasis I could use panning shots extreme close-ups and highlow angle shots

+Idea two Pjanoo by Eric Prydz

This music video appears to be set in a different time period the American West It depicts an individual rushing across a desert desperately dehydrated and entering an abandoned pub only to find two shrunken Native Americans who perform a rain dance after which rain falls heavily across the desert and water starts running from a tap This video is clearly unrealistic and somewhat challenging for the audience It seems to convey the sheer desperation of people because the individual is looking for water and if he fails to discover some he will die The video seems to communicate the vulnerability and weakness of the cowboy in the desert especially through use of a high-angle shot (0014) The camera looks down on the individual and makes him look small At 0302 after the cowboy has succeeded in finding water he is shown running out of the pub late at night in a low-angle shot which makes him look powerful This does well to imply his success These aspects will be referenced frequently in my music video which will feature a character desperately trying to accomplish something in the end succeeding (or not succeeding) There will be use of elements deemed not possible in reality in my video eg the character finding himself in a different location with no memory of even moving there in the first place My video will be conveying the desperation and weakness of the character like this video in a completely different setting school

There is use of CGI and transitions that are capable of offering great levels of pleasure for the audience The effects used in this video (eg at 0212) imply the level of technological innovation for special effects The video demonstrates the genre of pop due to the presence of dance and country in this video (pop is known for borrowing elements of other genres) In my music video I could interpret this song in a different manner I could feature things that might be otherwise impossible in reality eg rapid change of weather time coming to a halt A positive atmosphere would be used in my video to convey how happy the track sounds I could utilize effects eg transitions from one scene to another these could add to the effectiveness of the message I would try to convey Another interpretation could be to use low-key lighting in an attempt to create a dark grim atmosphere I will also be using elements which adhere to the conventions of the rock genre eg a band performing together

In addition to this the song does not have any vocals In a different idea this might add to the tension of a music video of my own because it could be set in a place devoid of human presence and the fact that there are no words in the song would create meaning eg no words can describe the fear the band member feels or how scary the location is High-angle shots could be used to convey the vulnerability of the band member and suggest that anything could attack him This other idea will be based in the same location (college) however the song would not have any vocals This could create a far more disturbing feel than songs with vocals could for a music video of my own consisting of threat and menace

+Idea three Let it Rock by Kevin Rudolf feat Lil Wayne

The music video for this song is clearly a pop song with strong references to the genre of rock There are many different types of shots and angles especially close-up medium shot long shot tracking shot and low-angle shot here that I could use in my video The close-up shot provides detail of facial expression enabling the audience to understand the emotions of a characterband member A medium shot provides emphasis on the individual as it displays his actions with the scene behind him (in the video it is Lil Wayne with lightsdigital patterns behind him) A crane shot is provided to show off the audience in the video and a long shot is provided to allow a large number of people to appear in the frame A low-angle shot shows Kevin Rudolf strumming a guitar whilst standing on a stage the camera is positioned looking up at the singer to connote that he is powerful and confident There is a great deal of enhancement within the video that I could use the guitarists are shown in front of moving digital patterns which would have been added to provide a high level of pleasure for the audience The video is made to look electronic an element of the techno genre I could reference this genre in my video eg through use of editing software The transitions are straight from one scene to another This video also shows off a great deal of effects added by the producers during post-production of the video Green screens were clearly used The editors would have replaced the green screens (the subject will have been filmed in front of one) with an alternate background video The music video demonstrates multiple genres pop in particular accompanied by elements of the rock genre (guitars audiences going wild etc) and the techno genre (digital moving images lights flickering in the background) The relationship between the lyrics lsquoIrsquoll bring the firersquo and the visuals (band members strumming guitars at the chorus) is obvious These aspects have given me a fair amount of ideas for techniques I could employ in my video eg I could provide focus on instruments eg drum sets and guitars to convey that I will be trying to follow the rock genre

It would be possible to interpret the song in a different way In a music video of my own I could incorporate outside locations effects of weather vehicles speeding past etc along with band members performing in an inside location I could also incorporate moving images of flamesburning buildings so that the vocals lsquoIrsquoll bring the firersquo will match up easily Along with this I could extend the relationship between lyrics and visuals in my video and not just base it in one specific place (a stage) I could also use enhancement and transitions within my music video to please the viewer The use of these editing techniques could enhance the overall quality of my music video

+Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]

+Summary 5 positive aspects of my ideas Incorporation of outside locations this action could result in an expanded story space and additional features for the viewer to

enjoy along with shots of band members performing

Vocals and Visuals Relationship this could be effective because the viewer could easily assume that the song is in-sync with the lyrics and that the two are actually one whole

Variety of different shots camera angles and movement this would benefit the overall video because the aspects of a performance can be shown differently and depict subjects from a specific distance or in relation to their surroundings

Multiple Locations to Film AtResources to Use the fact that there is a wide variety of locations including rooms to record sound and programs to use for editing eg Adobe Premiere is beneficial because there is a good chance the music video will turn out very well There are a large amount of options and I can apply my ideas to them

Enhancement of overall video if I manage to shoot all the necessary scenes for the video I could alter the brightness and hue of certain sequences so that either light or dark tones predominate I could also alter the contrast to make the subjectlocation look visibly better in terms of quality This would make the video a better experience for the viewer

5 negative aspects of my ideas Limited number of participants because there wonrsquot be a lot of people working on this progress might be slow and the video will

be limited in terms of the number of people who will appear

Weather is unpredictable It could be sunny one day and rainy the next I might not be able to convey the mood provided by different types of weather if I cannot be sure what the weather will be I will either be able to convey how positive sunny days are and indicate that in my video or show how eerie cloudy days or mist will feel Either type of weather could do well to share a similar mood to the song I plan to use

Difficulties with creation of unrealistic elements I might find it quite difficult to create sequences (either during production or editing) that viewers will not recognize as things that have been proven possible Things like these in a music video make it an enjoyable experience for the viewer

Equal use of shots During production it may be difficult to realize how often I will be employing an extreme long shot compared to a medium shot or close-up The fact that all shots should all predominate as leading shots together might be a tough challenge to come across during production

Style of video I might find it hard to depict a specific style or multiple styles in my video The style should really follow that of a certain genre eg rock

+Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo Chosen Song Modern Way by Kaiser Chiefs

Background Kaiser Chiefs are an English indie rock band from Leeds formed in 2000 They were originally called lsquoParvarsquo before they renamed and established themselves as Kaiser Chiefs in 2003 The band consists of lead vocalist Ricky Wilson guitarist Andrew lsquoWhiteyrsquo White bassist Simon Rix and keyboardist Nick lsquoPeanutrsquo Baines Vijay Mistry replaced the founding drummer after the latter left the band in 2012 The band were inspired by new wave and punk rock music of the late 70s and 80s

Links to other artists Nick Hodgson the former drummer for Kaiser Chiefs has worked with Duran Duran and producer Mark Ronson on the Duran Duran album All you need is now He co-wrote the track lsquoToo bad yoursquore so beautiful He has also written songs for Shirley Bassey

Genre info Kaiser Chiefs follow the genre of indie rock It is an alternative form of rock that originated in the UK in the 1980s The genre was extremely diverse In the 1990s it broke into mainstream The genre is small and has relatively low budget labels The styles of this genre include punk psychedelia post-punk and country music Kaiser Chiefs have been known to follow these styles this is evident due to the content of their music videos

+Final idea ndash track summary I Predict a Riot by Kaiser Chiefs This track appeared on Kaiser Chiefrsquos debut album Employment It was released on November 1 2004

and entered at Number 22 on the UK Singles Chart This song paved the way for the bandrsquos rise to popularity due to how high it peaked in the chart The music video features the band performing at a town catching the attention of the locals As the video ends the band are shown performing on a stage with the audience appearing to start a lsquopillow fightrsquo

This music video creates meaning because it is set primarily in a town (possibly Leeds as the band originated there) where many of its inhabitants decide to head into a theatre to see Kaiser Chiefs performing While cheering for the band a lsquopillow fightrsquo ensues among the audience This is quite reminiscent of the vocals which suggest unrest and rioting A relationship is created between visuals and vocals Working together the song and the video create emphasis on the reaction of the public when it comes to seeing a band playing and a message is carried across to the viewer people easily go wild at concerts live performances etc This is how the video creates meaning The majority of the track seems to focus primarily on how tough or dangerous a certain neighbourhood is This is implied in the vocals ldquoand if therersquos anybody left in here who doesnrsquot want to be out thererdquo and ldquowalking through town is quite scary and not very sensible eitherrdquo In relation to this the video focuses on the havoc that ensues among a large group of people during the lsquopillow fightingrsquo The pace of the song is quite fast this adds to the intensity of the lyrics and the manner of the music video It also ties to the genre of rock Rock songs tend to be fast intense and harsh eg include profanity

The song seems to follow an easily recognizable style There are multiple uses of different types of camerawork eg medium shot close-up long shot All of the shots taken have been edited and pieced together in a manner so as it make it appear as though the events are happening very fast The band members are clearly shown frequently and there is use of slow motion canted angles and shots encompassing multiple people including the band The style of the song is similar to that of other songs in the genre of pop rock and indie rock Songs of these genres usually consist of references to women presence of lsquogoing wildrsquo and band members playing drum sets and guitars in an aggressive manner Kaiser Chiefs tend to perform these in their own videos not just in lsquoI Predict a Riotrsquo The video lasts a total of 3 minutes and 56 seconds

+Final idea ndash your idea My music video will use the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs and be set primarily at York

College Action will take place in stairwells and corridors primarily with additional shots of outside locations (the college playing fields the car park the bus stop and the hill) The concept of my video will be quite different from the actual lsquoModern Wayrsquo music video although it might hint at some of the elements used eg drum sets and guitars been played My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will be a student struggling to cope with his life at college and constantly looking for an opportunity to find a way out The college will be represented as a harsh place so as to convey the thoughts and feelings of the subject during his time there

There will be a strong relationship between vocals and visuals eg the lyrics ldquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of hererdquo will match up with the subject walking quicklyrunning out of college In my opinion this song could be used to convey how tough life is at times This is the reason why I chose the song The video will feature low key lighting within the college so as to allow eerie or bleak tones to predominate as leading elements and high key lighting outside to provide focus on the sunlight which could provide a feel of success However if there is rain or cloud the video could convey that there is no escape whatsoever for the subject There will be use of narrative within the video as connected events will be recorded edited and pieced together to form a single continuous and effective story Some of the imagery within the video will be visually descriptive eg use of weather to create meaning

My music video will follow the genre of rock with elements of the pop and techno genre included The video will include scenes of guitars and drum sets been played fast-paced and intense sequences and a specific style of clothing eg hoodie These are conventions of rock because artists usually tend to wear dark clothing have a messy hairstyle and use a specific hand symbol (see image to the right) which is representative of the genre I could employ some of these conventions within my music video to give the impression that I am following the genre of rock Strobe lighting effects could be utilized during post production to create a feel similar to that of concerts Music videos of this genre often have a meaningstory to them and my video will feature a narrative Photo shoots could be used as well in my video another element of rock videos All these aspects mentioned are codes and conventions of the rock genre which I will employ in my final idea They are also featured in various rock music videos today eg Kaiser Chiefs tend to have a narrative within their videos This is evident in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo as a story is told about the rise to fame of a man who juggles tennis balls on his face

+Final idea ndash mood board

+Final idea ndash techniques and styles Camerawork I will be including many different types of shots camera angles and movement in my music video The

shots will include

1 Extreme long shot this shot will be effective for providing focus on a location eg a field and point out lots of different aspects for the video

2 Close-up close-up shots could be used to provide emphasis on characterrsquos emotions and facial expression

3 Medium shot Medium shots could be used to display the actions of the subject(s) with detail on the scenery behind them

4 Tracking shot tracking shots can enable the subject within a frame to be followed and constantly focused on

I intend to implement these in various sequences of my music video to create meaning eg extreme long shot to provide emphasis on an outside location medium shot to view a subject in an inside location My music video will follow an easily recognizable style It will feature individuals playing instruments in a slightly aggressive manner and there will be a fair amount of focus on the artist(s) I will be using editing techniques eg enhancement colour grading and alteration of lighting These will be effective because they could create meaning and add to the overall quality of the video thus adding to the pleasure exerted towards the audience There is a good chance that enhancement might predominate as the leading form of editing in my music video because I am determined to improve the quality to a high level My music video will most likely adhere to the conventions of the rock genre due to the focus on guitars drum sets etc being played in a furious manner as well as focus on a whole band in a group I will implement these in my video along with shots of outside locations in an effort to provide various elements to interact with

The techniques I will use in my video will consist mainly of different camera angles eg high and low angle to provide different levels of focus on the videorsquos aspects and create meaning A low-angle shot could suggest power and dominance which is another convention of rock music artists ie to look imposing and powerful in their music videos The techniques in my video will also consist of shots being pieced together effectively to result in an uninterrupted continuous and successful whole This could turn out to be effective because the audience will be able to see the video without a break in time interrupting (and possibly ruining) the experience for them The techniques I will employ will be quite similar to that of existing rock music videos however I will be original in my ideas I intend to combine the surroundings of outside locations with the aspects of a band performing this could appear unique

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 2: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Idea one Sun Rise Light Flies by Kasabian This music video seems to focus on nature as a whole with only a few shots of the band members throughout

There are brief appearances of civilians living within the desert location where the video is taking place these people are represented as somewhat vulnerable There is a large amount of images shots and camera movement all of which create emphasis on the aspects of the desert eg dunes cacti canyons rocks The shots of civilians create meaning because it suggests how weak they might be Extreme long shots could predominate in my music video because of how often it will depict the surroundings of the college eg the field This shot will be very frequent in my music video Montage will also be employed within my video as many different shots will be edited and then pieced together so that the video follows a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action I could utilize editing in an effective manner that is quite similar to many music videos today (including Kasabianrsquos music video) in a time period where special effects and portable video exist The aspects of this video relate to the lyrics of the song especially because the word lsquosunlightrsquo is heard quite often and the video is set during a cloudless sunny day My own music video will match the lyrics as well Close-ups will also be used In this video the use of this shot proves that the artists intend to develop their video and its effects on the audience and this is something that I will be aiming to accomplish in my music video

In my own music video I could interpret the styles editing techniques and genre conventions of this video in my own way applying them to my video My video does not have to consist entirely of lip-syncing or appearances of the band member I could incorporate multiple shots of surrounding areas eg trees roads vehicles to create emphasis and meaning just like in the Kasabian music video In this way I could piece together shots of a person and shots of surrounding locations together to create an effective whole Instead of using extreme long-shots often I will use different shots equally so that they all appear as leading shots Another method I could use is setting my video on a cloudy or rainy day so as to provide a different atmosphere to the one in Kasabianrsquos music video in which it was sunny and the atmosphere was somewhat peaceful The types of camerawork I could use in my video would differ from the Kasabian music video which utilized tracking shots and zoom To create emphasis I could use panning shots extreme close-ups and highlow angle shots

+Idea two Pjanoo by Eric Prydz

This music video appears to be set in a different time period the American West It depicts an individual rushing across a desert desperately dehydrated and entering an abandoned pub only to find two shrunken Native Americans who perform a rain dance after which rain falls heavily across the desert and water starts running from a tap This video is clearly unrealistic and somewhat challenging for the audience It seems to convey the sheer desperation of people because the individual is looking for water and if he fails to discover some he will die The video seems to communicate the vulnerability and weakness of the cowboy in the desert especially through use of a high-angle shot (0014) The camera looks down on the individual and makes him look small At 0302 after the cowboy has succeeded in finding water he is shown running out of the pub late at night in a low-angle shot which makes him look powerful This does well to imply his success These aspects will be referenced frequently in my music video which will feature a character desperately trying to accomplish something in the end succeeding (or not succeeding) There will be use of elements deemed not possible in reality in my video eg the character finding himself in a different location with no memory of even moving there in the first place My video will be conveying the desperation and weakness of the character like this video in a completely different setting school

There is use of CGI and transitions that are capable of offering great levels of pleasure for the audience The effects used in this video (eg at 0212) imply the level of technological innovation for special effects The video demonstrates the genre of pop due to the presence of dance and country in this video (pop is known for borrowing elements of other genres) In my music video I could interpret this song in a different manner I could feature things that might be otherwise impossible in reality eg rapid change of weather time coming to a halt A positive atmosphere would be used in my video to convey how happy the track sounds I could utilize effects eg transitions from one scene to another these could add to the effectiveness of the message I would try to convey Another interpretation could be to use low-key lighting in an attempt to create a dark grim atmosphere I will also be using elements which adhere to the conventions of the rock genre eg a band performing together

In addition to this the song does not have any vocals In a different idea this might add to the tension of a music video of my own because it could be set in a place devoid of human presence and the fact that there are no words in the song would create meaning eg no words can describe the fear the band member feels or how scary the location is High-angle shots could be used to convey the vulnerability of the band member and suggest that anything could attack him This other idea will be based in the same location (college) however the song would not have any vocals This could create a far more disturbing feel than songs with vocals could for a music video of my own consisting of threat and menace

+Idea three Let it Rock by Kevin Rudolf feat Lil Wayne

The music video for this song is clearly a pop song with strong references to the genre of rock There are many different types of shots and angles especially close-up medium shot long shot tracking shot and low-angle shot here that I could use in my video The close-up shot provides detail of facial expression enabling the audience to understand the emotions of a characterband member A medium shot provides emphasis on the individual as it displays his actions with the scene behind him (in the video it is Lil Wayne with lightsdigital patterns behind him) A crane shot is provided to show off the audience in the video and a long shot is provided to allow a large number of people to appear in the frame A low-angle shot shows Kevin Rudolf strumming a guitar whilst standing on a stage the camera is positioned looking up at the singer to connote that he is powerful and confident There is a great deal of enhancement within the video that I could use the guitarists are shown in front of moving digital patterns which would have been added to provide a high level of pleasure for the audience The video is made to look electronic an element of the techno genre I could reference this genre in my video eg through use of editing software The transitions are straight from one scene to another This video also shows off a great deal of effects added by the producers during post-production of the video Green screens were clearly used The editors would have replaced the green screens (the subject will have been filmed in front of one) with an alternate background video The music video demonstrates multiple genres pop in particular accompanied by elements of the rock genre (guitars audiences going wild etc) and the techno genre (digital moving images lights flickering in the background) The relationship between the lyrics lsquoIrsquoll bring the firersquo and the visuals (band members strumming guitars at the chorus) is obvious These aspects have given me a fair amount of ideas for techniques I could employ in my video eg I could provide focus on instruments eg drum sets and guitars to convey that I will be trying to follow the rock genre

It would be possible to interpret the song in a different way In a music video of my own I could incorporate outside locations effects of weather vehicles speeding past etc along with band members performing in an inside location I could also incorporate moving images of flamesburning buildings so that the vocals lsquoIrsquoll bring the firersquo will match up easily Along with this I could extend the relationship between lyrics and visuals in my video and not just base it in one specific place (a stage) I could also use enhancement and transitions within my music video to please the viewer The use of these editing techniques could enhance the overall quality of my music video

+Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]

+Summary 5 positive aspects of my ideas Incorporation of outside locations this action could result in an expanded story space and additional features for the viewer to

enjoy along with shots of band members performing

Vocals and Visuals Relationship this could be effective because the viewer could easily assume that the song is in-sync with the lyrics and that the two are actually one whole

Variety of different shots camera angles and movement this would benefit the overall video because the aspects of a performance can be shown differently and depict subjects from a specific distance or in relation to their surroundings

Multiple Locations to Film AtResources to Use the fact that there is a wide variety of locations including rooms to record sound and programs to use for editing eg Adobe Premiere is beneficial because there is a good chance the music video will turn out very well There are a large amount of options and I can apply my ideas to them

Enhancement of overall video if I manage to shoot all the necessary scenes for the video I could alter the brightness and hue of certain sequences so that either light or dark tones predominate I could also alter the contrast to make the subjectlocation look visibly better in terms of quality This would make the video a better experience for the viewer

5 negative aspects of my ideas Limited number of participants because there wonrsquot be a lot of people working on this progress might be slow and the video will

be limited in terms of the number of people who will appear

Weather is unpredictable It could be sunny one day and rainy the next I might not be able to convey the mood provided by different types of weather if I cannot be sure what the weather will be I will either be able to convey how positive sunny days are and indicate that in my video or show how eerie cloudy days or mist will feel Either type of weather could do well to share a similar mood to the song I plan to use

Difficulties with creation of unrealistic elements I might find it quite difficult to create sequences (either during production or editing) that viewers will not recognize as things that have been proven possible Things like these in a music video make it an enjoyable experience for the viewer

Equal use of shots During production it may be difficult to realize how often I will be employing an extreme long shot compared to a medium shot or close-up The fact that all shots should all predominate as leading shots together might be a tough challenge to come across during production

Style of video I might find it hard to depict a specific style or multiple styles in my video The style should really follow that of a certain genre eg rock

+Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo Chosen Song Modern Way by Kaiser Chiefs

Background Kaiser Chiefs are an English indie rock band from Leeds formed in 2000 They were originally called lsquoParvarsquo before they renamed and established themselves as Kaiser Chiefs in 2003 The band consists of lead vocalist Ricky Wilson guitarist Andrew lsquoWhiteyrsquo White bassist Simon Rix and keyboardist Nick lsquoPeanutrsquo Baines Vijay Mistry replaced the founding drummer after the latter left the band in 2012 The band were inspired by new wave and punk rock music of the late 70s and 80s

Links to other artists Nick Hodgson the former drummer for Kaiser Chiefs has worked with Duran Duran and producer Mark Ronson on the Duran Duran album All you need is now He co-wrote the track lsquoToo bad yoursquore so beautiful He has also written songs for Shirley Bassey

Genre info Kaiser Chiefs follow the genre of indie rock It is an alternative form of rock that originated in the UK in the 1980s The genre was extremely diverse In the 1990s it broke into mainstream The genre is small and has relatively low budget labels The styles of this genre include punk psychedelia post-punk and country music Kaiser Chiefs have been known to follow these styles this is evident due to the content of their music videos

+Final idea ndash track summary I Predict a Riot by Kaiser Chiefs This track appeared on Kaiser Chiefrsquos debut album Employment It was released on November 1 2004

and entered at Number 22 on the UK Singles Chart This song paved the way for the bandrsquos rise to popularity due to how high it peaked in the chart The music video features the band performing at a town catching the attention of the locals As the video ends the band are shown performing on a stage with the audience appearing to start a lsquopillow fightrsquo

This music video creates meaning because it is set primarily in a town (possibly Leeds as the band originated there) where many of its inhabitants decide to head into a theatre to see Kaiser Chiefs performing While cheering for the band a lsquopillow fightrsquo ensues among the audience This is quite reminiscent of the vocals which suggest unrest and rioting A relationship is created between visuals and vocals Working together the song and the video create emphasis on the reaction of the public when it comes to seeing a band playing and a message is carried across to the viewer people easily go wild at concerts live performances etc This is how the video creates meaning The majority of the track seems to focus primarily on how tough or dangerous a certain neighbourhood is This is implied in the vocals ldquoand if therersquos anybody left in here who doesnrsquot want to be out thererdquo and ldquowalking through town is quite scary and not very sensible eitherrdquo In relation to this the video focuses on the havoc that ensues among a large group of people during the lsquopillow fightingrsquo The pace of the song is quite fast this adds to the intensity of the lyrics and the manner of the music video It also ties to the genre of rock Rock songs tend to be fast intense and harsh eg include profanity

The song seems to follow an easily recognizable style There are multiple uses of different types of camerawork eg medium shot close-up long shot All of the shots taken have been edited and pieced together in a manner so as it make it appear as though the events are happening very fast The band members are clearly shown frequently and there is use of slow motion canted angles and shots encompassing multiple people including the band The style of the song is similar to that of other songs in the genre of pop rock and indie rock Songs of these genres usually consist of references to women presence of lsquogoing wildrsquo and band members playing drum sets and guitars in an aggressive manner Kaiser Chiefs tend to perform these in their own videos not just in lsquoI Predict a Riotrsquo The video lasts a total of 3 minutes and 56 seconds

+Final idea ndash your idea My music video will use the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs and be set primarily at York

College Action will take place in stairwells and corridors primarily with additional shots of outside locations (the college playing fields the car park the bus stop and the hill) The concept of my video will be quite different from the actual lsquoModern Wayrsquo music video although it might hint at some of the elements used eg drum sets and guitars been played My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will be a student struggling to cope with his life at college and constantly looking for an opportunity to find a way out The college will be represented as a harsh place so as to convey the thoughts and feelings of the subject during his time there

There will be a strong relationship between vocals and visuals eg the lyrics ldquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of hererdquo will match up with the subject walking quicklyrunning out of college In my opinion this song could be used to convey how tough life is at times This is the reason why I chose the song The video will feature low key lighting within the college so as to allow eerie or bleak tones to predominate as leading elements and high key lighting outside to provide focus on the sunlight which could provide a feel of success However if there is rain or cloud the video could convey that there is no escape whatsoever for the subject There will be use of narrative within the video as connected events will be recorded edited and pieced together to form a single continuous and effective story Some of the imagery within the video will be visually descriptive eg use of weather to create meaning

My music video will follow the genre of rock with elements of the pop and techno genre included The video will include scenes of guitars and drum sets been played fast-paced and intense sequences and a specific style of clothing eg hoodie These are conventions of rock because artists usually tend to wear dark clothing have a messy hairstyle and use a specific hand symbol (see image to the right) which is representative of the genre I could employ some of these conventions within my music video to give the impression that I am following the genre of rock Strobe lighting effects could be utilized during post production to create a feel similar to that of concerts Music videos of this genre often have a meaningstory to them and my video will feature a narrative Photo shoots could be used as well in my video another element of rock videos All these aspects mentioned are codes and conventions of the rock genre which I will employ in my final idea They are also featured in various rock music videos today eg Kaiser Chiefs tend to have a narrative within their videos This is evident in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo as a story is told about the rise to fame of a man who juggles tennis balls on his face

+Final idea ndash mood board

+Final idea ndash techniques and styles Camerawork I will be including many different types of shots camera angles and movement in my music video The

shots will include

1 Extreme long shot this shot will be effective for providing focus on a location eg a field and point out lots of different aspects for the video

2 Close-up close-up shots could be used to provide emphasis on characterrsquos emotions and facial expression

3 Medium shot Medium shots could be used to display the actions of the subject(s) with detail on the scenery behind them

4 Tracking shot tracking shots can enable the subject within a frame to be followed and constantly focused on

I intend to implement these in various sequences of my music video to create meaning eg extreme long shot to provide emphasis on an outside location medium shot to view a subject in an inside location My music video will follow an easily recognizable style It will feature individuals playing instruments in a slightly aggressive manner and there will be a fair amount of focus on the artist(s) I will be using editing techniques eg enhancement colour grading and alteration of lighting These will be effective because they could create meaning and add to the overall quality of the video thus adding to the pleasure exerted towards the audience There is a good chance that enhancement might predominate as the leading form of editing in my music video because I am determined to improve the quality to a high level My music video will most likely adhere to the conventions of the rock genre due to the focus on guitars drum sets etc being played in a furious manner as well as focus on a whole band in a group I will implement these in my video along with shots of outside locations in an effort to provide various elements to interact with

The techniques I will use in my video will consist mainly of different camera angles eg high and low angle to provide different levels of focus on the videorsquos aspects and create meaning A low-angle shot could suggest power and dominance which is another convention of rock music artists ie to look imposing and powerful in their music videos The techniques in my video will also consist of shots being pieced together effectively to result in an uninterrupted continuous and successful whole This could turn out to be effective because the audience will be able to see the video without a break in time interrupting (and possibly ruining) the experience for them The techniques I will employ will be quite similar to that of existing rock music videos however I will be original in my ideas I intend to combine the surroundings of outside locations with the aspects of a band performing this could appear unique

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 3: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Idea two Pjanoo by Eric Prydz

This music video appears to be set in a different time period the American West It depicts an individual rushing across a desert desperately dehydrated and entering an abandoned pub only to find two shrunken Native Americans who perform a rain dance after which rain falls heavily across the desert and water starts running from a tap This video is clearly unrealistic and somewhat challenging for the audience It seems to convey the sheer desperation of people because the individual is looking for water and if he fails to discover some he will die The video seems to communicate the vulnerability and weakness of the cowboy in the desert especially through use of a high-angle shot (0014) The camera looks down on the individual and makes him look small At 0302 after the cowboy has succeeded in finding water he is shown running out of the pub late at night in a low-angle shot which makes him look powerful This does well to imply his success These aspects will be referenced frequently in my music video which will feature a character desperately trying to accomplish something in the end succeeding (or not succeeding) There will be use of elements deemed not possible in reality in my video eg the character finding himself in a different location with no memory of even moving there in the first place My video will be conveying the desperation and weakness of the character like this video in a completely different setting school

There is use of CGI and transitions that are capable of offering great levels of pleasure for the audience The effects used in this video (eg at 0212) imply the level of technological innovation for special effects The video demonstrates the genre of pop due to the presence of dance and country in this video (pop is known for borrowing elements of other genres) In my music video I could interpret this song in a different manner I could feature things that might be otherwise impossible in reality eg rapid change of weather time coming to a halt A positive atmosphere would be used in my video to convey how happy the track sounds I could utilize effects eg transitions from one scene to another these could add to the effectiveness of the message I would try to convey Another interpretation could be to use low-key lighting in an attempt to create a dark grim atmosphere I will also be using elements which adhere to the conventions of the rock genre eg a band performing together

In addition to this the song does not have any vocals In a different idea this might add to the tension of a music video of my own because it could be set in a place devoid of human presence and the fact that there are no words in the song would create meaning eg no words can describe the fear the band member feels or how scary the location is High-angle shots could be used to convey the vulnerability of the band member and suggest that anything could attack him This other idea will be based in the same location (college) however the song would not have any vocals This could create a far more disturbing feel than songs with vocals could for a music video of my own consisting of threat and menace

+Idea three Let it Rock by Kevin Rudolf feat Lil Wayne

The music video for this song is clearly a pop song with strong references to the genre of rock There are many different types of shots and angles especially close-up medium shot long shot tracking shot and low-angle shot here that I could use in my video The close-up shot provides detail of facial expression enabling the audience to understand the emotions of a characterband member A medium shot provides emphasis on the individual as it displays his actions with the scene behind him (in the video it is Lil Wayne with lightsdigital patterns behind him) A crane shot is provided to show off the audience in the video and a long shot is provided to allow a large number of people to appear in the frame A low-angle shot shows Kevin Rudolf strumming a guitar whilst standing on a stage the camera is positioned looking up at the singer to connote that he is powerful and confident There is a great deal of enhancement within the video that I could use the guitarists are shown in front of moving digital patterns which would have been added to provide a high level of pleasure for the audience The video is made to look electronic an element of the techno genre I could reference this genre in my video eg through use of editing software The transitions are straight from one scene to another This video also shows off a great deal of effects added by the producers during post-production of the video Green screens were clearly used The editors would have replaced the green screens (the subject will have been filmed in front of one) with an alternate background video The music video demonstrates multiple genres pop in particular accompanied by elements of the rock genre (guitars audiences going wild etc) and the techno genre (digital moving images lights flickering in the background) The relationship between the lyrics lsquoIrsquoll bring the firersquo and the visuals (band members strumming guitars at the chorus) is obvious These aspects have given me a fair amount of ideas for techniques I could employ in my video eg I could provide focus on instruments eg drum sets and guitars to convey that I will be trying to follow the rock genre

It would be possible to interpret the song in a different way In a music video of my own I could incorporate outside locations effects of weather vehicles speeding past etc along with band members performing in an inside location I could also incorporate moving images of flamesburning buildings so that the vocals lsquoIrsquoll bring the firersquo will match up easily Along with this I could extend the relationship between lyrics and visuals in my video and not just base it in one specific place (a stage) I could also use enhancement and transitions within my music video to please the viewer The use of these editing techniques could enhance the overall quality of my music video

+Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]

+Summary 5 positive aspects of my ideas Incorporation of outside locations this action could result in an expanded story space and additional features for the viewer to

enjoy along with shots of band members performing

Vocals and Visuals Relationship this could be effective because the viewer could easily assume that the song is in-sync with the lyrics and that the two are actually one whole

Variety of different shots camera angles and movement this would benefit the overall video because the aspects of a performance can be shown differently and depict subjects from a specific distance or in relation to their surroundings

Multiple Locations to Film AtResources to Use the fact that there is a wide variety of locations including rooms to record sound and programs to use for editing eg Adobe Premiere is beneficial because there is a good chance the music video will turn out very well There are a large amount of options and I can apply my ideas to them

Enhancement of overall video if I manage to shoot all the necessary scenes for the video I could alter the brightness and hue of certain sequences so that either light or dark tones predominate I could also alter the contrast to make the subjectlocation look visibly better in terms of quality This would make the video a better experience for the viewer

5 negative aspects of my ideas Limited number of participants because there wonrsquot be a lot of people working on this progress might be slow and the video will

be limited in terms of the number of people who will appear

Weather is unpredictable It could be sunny one day and rainy the next I might not be able to convey the mood provided by different types of weather if I cannot be sure what the weather will be I will either be able to convey how positive sunny days are and indicate that in my video or show how eerie cloudy days or mist will feel Either type of weather could do well to share a similar mood to the song I plan to use

Difficulties with creation of unrealistic elements I might find it quite difficult to create sequences (either during production or editing) that viewers will not recognize as things that have been proven possible Things like these in a music video make it an enjoyable experience for the viewer

Equal use of shots During production it may be difficult to realize how often I will be employing an extreme long shot compared to a medium shot or close-up The fact that all shots should all predominate as leading shots together might be a tough challenge to come across during production

Style of video I might find it hard to depict a specific style or multiple styles in my video The style should really follow that of a certain genre eg rock

+Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo Chosen Song Modern Way by Kaiser Chiefs

Background Kaiser Chiefs are an English indie rock band from Leeds formed in 2000 They were originally called lsquoParvarsquo before they renamed and established themselves as Kaiser Chiefs in 2003 The band consists of lead vocalist Ricky Wilson guitarist Andrew lsquoWhiteyrsquo White bassist Simon Rix and keyboardist Nick lsquoPeanutrsquo Baines Vijay Mistry replaced the founding drummer after the latter left the band in 2012 The band were inspired by new wave and punk rock music of the late 70s and 80s

Links to other artists Nick Hodgson the former drummer for Kaiser Chiefs has worked with Duran Duran and producer Mark Ronson on the Duran Duran album All you need is now He co-wrote the track lsquoToo bad yoursquore so beautiful He has also written songs for Shirley Bassey

Genre info Kaiser Chiefs follow the genre of indie rock It is an alternative form of rock that originated in the UK in the 1980s The genre was extremely diverse In the 1990s it broke into mainstream The genre is small and has relatively low budget labels The styles of this genre include punk psychedelia post-punk and country music Kaiser Chiefs have been known to follow these styles this is evident due to the content of their music videos

+Final idea ndash track summary I Predict a Riot by Kaiser Chiefs This track appeared on Kaiser Chiefrsquos debut album Employment It was released on November 1 2004

and entered at Number 22 on the UK Singles Chart This song paved the way for the bandrsquos rise to popularity due to how high it peaked in the chart The music video features the band performing at a town catching the attention of the locals As the video ends the band are shown performing on a stage with the audience appearing to start a lsquopillow fightrsquo

This music video creates meaning because it is set primarily in a town (possibly Leeds as the band originated there) where many of its inhabitants decide to head into a theatre to see Kaiser Chiefs performing While cheering for the band a lsquopillow fightrsquo ensues among the audience This is quite reminiscent of the vocals which suggest unrest and rioting A relationship is created between visuals and vocals Working together the song and the video create emphasis on the reaction of the public when it comes to seeing a band playing and a message is carried across to the viewer people easily go wild at concerts live performances etc This is how the video creates meaning The majority of the track seems to focus primarily on how tough or dangerous a certain neighbourhood is This is implied in the vocals ldquoand if therersquos anybody left in here who doesnrsquot want to be out thererdquo and ldquowalking through town is quite scary and not very sensible eitherrdquo In relation to this the video focuses on the havoc that ensues among a large group of people during the lsquopillow fightingrsquo The pace of the song is quite fast this adds to the intensity of the lyrics and the manner of the music video It also ties to the genre of rock Rock songs tend to be fast intense and harsh eg include profanity

The song seems to follow an easily recognizable style There are multiple uses of different types of camerawork eg medium shot close-up long shot All of the shots taken have been edited and pieced together in a manner so as it make it appear as though the events are happening very fast The band members are clearly shown frequently and there is use of slow motion canted angles and shots encompassing multiple people including the band The style of the song is similar to that of other songs in the genre of pop rock and indie rock Songs of these genres usually consist of references to women presence of lsquogoing wildrsquo and band members playing drum sets and guitars in an aggressive manner Kaiser Chiefs tend to perform these in their own videos not just in lsquoI Predict a Riotrsquo The video lasts a total of 3 minutes and 56 seconds

+Final idea ndash your idea My music video will use the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs and be set primarily at York

College Action will take place in stairwells and corridors primarily with additional shots of outside locations (the college playing fields the car park the bus stop and the hill) The concept of my video will be quite different from the actual lsquoModern Wayrsquo music video although it might hint at some of the elements used eg drum sets and guitars been played My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will be a student struggling to cope with his life at college and constantly looking for an opportunity to find a way out The college will be represented as a harsh place so as to convey the thoughts and feelings of the subject during his time there

There will be a strong relationship between vocals and visuals eg the lyrics ldquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of hererdquo will match up with the subject walking quicklyrunning out of college In my opinion this song could be used to convey how tough life is at times This is the reason why I chose the song The video will feature low key lighting within the college so as to allow eerie or bleak tones to predominate as leading elements and high key lighting outside to provide focus on the sunlight which could provide a feel of success However if there is rain or cloud the video could convey that there is no escape whatsoever for the subject There will be use of narrative within the video as connected events will be recorded edited and pieced together to form a single continuous and effective story Some of the imagery within the video will be visually descriptive eg use of weather to create meaning

My music video will follow the genre of rock with elements of the pop and techno genre included The video will include scenes of guitars and drum sets been played fast-paced and intense sequences and a specific style of clothing eg hoodie These are conventions of rock because artists usually tend to wear dark clothing have a messy hairstyle and use a specific hand symbol (see image to the right) which is representative of the genre I could employ some of these conventions within my music video to give the impression that I am following the genre of rock Strobe lighting effects could be utilized during post production to create a feel similar to that of concerts Music videos of this genre often have a meaningstory to them and my video will feature a narrative Photo shoots could be used as well in my video another element of rock videos All these aspects mentioned are codes and conventions of the rock genre which I will employ in my final idea They are also featured in various rock music videos today eg Kaiser Chiefs tend to have a narrative within their videos This is evident in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo as a story is told about the rise to fame of a man who juggles tennis balls on his face

+Final idea ndash mood board

+Final idea ndash techniques and styles Camerawork I will be including many different types of shots camera angles and movement in my music video The

shots will include

1 Extreme long shot this shot will be effective for providing focus on a location eg a field and point out lots of different aspects for the video

2 Close-up close-up shots could be used to provide emphasis on characterrsquos emotions and facial expression

3 Medium shot Medium shots could be used to display the actions of the subject(s) with detail on the scenery behind them

4 Tracking shot tracking shots can enable the subject within a frame to be followed and constantly focused on

I intend to implement these in various sequences of my music video to create meaning eg extreme long shot to provide emphasis on an outside location medium shot to view a subject in an inside location My music video will follow an easily recognizable style It will feature individuals playing instruments in a slightly aggressive manner and there will be a fair amount of focus on the artist(s) I will be using editing techniques eg enhancement colour grading and alteration of lighting These will be effective because they could create meaning and add to the overall quality of the video thus adding to the pleasure exerted towards the audience There is a good chance that enhancement might predominate as the leading form of editing in my music video because I am determined to improve the quality to a high level My music video will most likely adhere to the conventions of the rock genre due to the focus on guitars drum sets etc being played in a furious manner as well as focus on a whole band in a group I will implement these in my video along with shots of outside locations in an effort to provide various elements to interact with

The techniques I will use in my video will consist mainly of different camera angles eg high and low angle to provide different levels of focus on the videorsquos aspects and create meaning A low-angle shot could suggest power and dominance which is another convention of rock music artists ie to look imposing and powerful in their music videos The techniques in my video will also consist of shots being pieced together effectively to result in an uninterrupted continuous and successful whole This could turn out to be effective because the audience will be able to see the video without a break in time interrupting (and possibly ruining) the experience for them The techniques I will employ will be quite similar to that of existing rock music videos however I will be original in my ideas I intend to combine the surroundings of outside locations with the aspects of a band performing this could appear unique

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 4: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Idea three Let it Rock by Kevin Rudolf feat Lil Wayne

The music video for this song is clearly a pop song with strong references to the genre of rock There are many different types of shots and angles especially close-up medium shot long shot tracking shot and low-angle shot here that I could use in my video The close-up shot provides detail of facial expression enabling the audience to understand the emotions of a characterband member A medium shot provides emphasis on the individual as it displays his actions with the scene behind him (in the video it is Lil Wayne with lightsdigital patterns behind him) A crane shot is provided to show off the audience in the video and a long shot is provided to allow a large number of people to appear in the frame A low-angle shot shows Kevin Rudolf strumming a guitar whilst standing on a stage the camera is positioned looking up at the singer to connote that he is powerful and confident There is a great deal of enhancement within the video that I could use the guitarists are shown in front of moving digital patterns which would have been added to provide a high level of pleasure for the audience The video is made to look electronic an element of the techno genre I could reference this genre in my video eg through use of editing software The transitions are straight from one scene to another This video also shows off a great deal of effects added by the producers during post-production of the video Green screens were clearly used The editors would have replaced the green screens (the subject will have been filmed in front of one) with an alternate background video The music video demonstrates multiple genres pop in particular accompanied by elements of the rock genre (guitars audiences going wild etc) and the techno genre (digital moving images lights flickering in the background) The relationship between the lyrics lsquoIrsquoll bring the firersquo and the visuals (band members strumming guitars at the chorus) is obvious These aspects have given me a fair amount of ideas for techniques I could employ in my video eg I could provide focus on instruments eg drum sets and guitars to convey that I will be trying to follow the rock genre

It would be possible to interpret the song in a different way In a music video of my own I could incorporate outside locations effects of weather vehicles speeding past etc along with band members performing in an inside location I could also incorporate moving images of flamesburning buildings so that the vocals lsquoIrsquoll bring the firersquo will match up easily Along with this I could extend the relationship between lyrics and visuals in my video and not just base it in one specific place (a stage) I could also use enhancement and transitions within my music video to please the viewer The use of these editing techniques could enhance the overall quality of my music video

+Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]

+Summary 5 positive aspects of my ideas Incorporation of outside locations this action could result in an expanded story space and additional features for the viewer to

enjoy along with shots of band members performing

Vocals and Visuals Relationship this could be effective because the viewer could easily assume that the song is in-sync with the lyrics and that the two are actually one whole

Variety of different shots camera angles and movement this would benefit the overall video because the aspects of a performance can be shown differently and depict subjects from a specific distance or in relation to their surroundings

Multiple Locations to Film AtResources to Use the fact that there is a wide variety of locations including rooms to record sound and programs to use for editing eg Adobe Premiere is beneficial because there is a good chance the music video will turn out very well There are a large amount of options and I can apply my ideas to them

Enhancement of overall video if I manage to shoot all the necessary scenes for the video I could alter the brightness and hue of certain sequences so that either light or dark tones predominate I could also alter the contrast to make the subjectlocation look visibly better in terms of quality This would make the video a better experience for the viewer

5 negative aspects of my ideas Limited number of participants because there wonrsquot be a lot of people working on this progress might be slow and the video will

be limited in terms of the number of people who will appear

Weather is unpredictable It could be sunny one day and rainy the next I might not be able to convey the mood provided by different types of weather if I cannot be sure what the weather will be I will either be able to convey how positive sunny days are and indicate that in my video or show how eerie cloudy days or mist will feel Either type of weather could do well to share a similar mood to the song I plan to use

Difficulties with creation of unrealistic elements I might find it quite difficult to create sequences (either during production or editing) that viewers will not recognize as things that have been proven possible Things like these in a music video make it an enjoyable experience for the viewer

Equal use of shots During production it may be difficult to realize how often I will be employing an extreme long shot compared to a medium shot or close-up The fact that all shots should all predominate as leading shots together might be a tough challenge to come across during production

Style of video I might find it hard to depict a specific style or multiple styles in my video The style should really follow that of a certain genre eg rock

+Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo Chosen Song Modern Way by Kaiser Chiefs

Background Kaiser Chiefs are an English indie rock band from Leeds formed in 2000 They were originally called lsquoParvarsquo before they renamed and established themselves as Kaiser Chiefs in 2003 The band consists of lead vocalist Ricky Wilson guitarist Andrew lsquoWhiteyrsquo White bassist Simon Rix and keyboardist Nick lsquoPeanutrsquo Baines Vijay Mistry replaced the founding drummer after the latter left the band in 2012 The band were inspired by new wave and punk rock music of the late 70s and 80s

Links to other artists Nick Hodgson the former drummer for Kaiser Chiefs has worked with Duran Duran and producer Mark Ronson on the Duran Duran album All you need is now He co-wrote the track lsquoToo bad yoursquore so beautiful He has also written songs for Shirley Bassey

Genre info Kaiser Chiefs follow the genre of indie rock It is an alternative form of rock that originated in the UK in the 1980s The genre was extremely diverse In the 1990s it broke into mainstream The genre is small and has relatively low budget labels The styles of this genre include punk psychedelia post-punk and country music Kaiser Chiefs have been known to follow these styles this is evident due to the content of their music videos

+Final idea ndash track summary I Predict a Riot by Kaiser Chiefs This track appeared on Kaiser Chiefrsquos debut album Employment It was released on November 1 2004

and entered at Number 22 on the UK Singles Chart This song paved the way for the bandrsquos rise to popularity due to how high it peaked in the chart The music video features the band performing at a town catching the attention of the locals As the video ends the band are shown performing on a stage with the audience appearing to start a lsquopillow fightrsquo

This music video creates meaning because it is set primarily in a town (possibly Leeds as the band originated there) where many of its inhabitants decide to head into a theatre to see Kaiser Chiefs performing While cheering for the band a lsquopillow fightrsquo ensues among the audience This is quite reminiscent of the vocals which suggest unrest and rioting A relationship is created between visuals and vocals Working together the song and the video create emphasis on the reaction of the public when it comes to seeing a band playing and a message is carried across to the viewer people easily go wild at concerts live performances etc This is how the video creates meaning The majority of the track seems to focus primarily on how tough or dangerous a certain neighbourhood is This is implied in the vocals ldquoand if therersquos anybody left in here who doesnrsquot want to be out thererdquo and ldquowalking through town is quite scary and not very sensible eitherrdquo In relation to this the video focuses on the havoc that ensues among a large group of people during the lsquopillow fightingrsquo The pace of the song is quite fast this adds to the intensity of the lyrics and the manner of the music video It also ties to the genre of rock Rock songs tend to be fast intense and harsh eg include profanity

The song seems to follow an easily recognizable style There are multiple uses of different types of camerawork eg medium shot close-up long shot All of the shots taken have been edited and pieced together in a manner so as it make it appear as though the events are happening very fast The band members are clearly shown frequently and there is use of slow motion canted angles and shots encompassing multiple people including the band The style of the song is similar to that of other songs in the genre of pop rock and indie rock Songs of these genres usually consist of references to women presence of lsquogoing wildrsquo and band members playing drum sets and guitars in an aggressive manner Kaiser Chiefs tend to perform these in their own videos not just in lsquoI Predict a Riotrsquo The video lasts a total of 3 minutes and 56 seconds

+Final idea ndash your idea My music video will use the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs and be set primarily at York

College Action will take place in stairwells and corridors primarily with additional shots of outside locations (the college playing fields the car park the bus stop and the hill) The concept of my video will be quite different from the actual lsquoModern Wayrsquo music video although it might hint at some of the elements used eg drum sets and guitars been played My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will be a student struggling to cope with his life at college and constantly looking for an opportunity to find a way out The college will be represented as a harsh place so as to convey the thoughts and feelings of the subject during his time there

There will be a strong relationship between vocals and visuals eg the lyrics ldquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of hererdquo will match up with the subject walking quicklyrunning out of college In my opinion this song could be used to convey how tough life is at times This is the reason why I chose the song The video will feature low key lighting within the college so as to allow eerie or bleak tones to predominate as leading elements and high key lighting outside to provide focus on the sunlight which could provide a feel of success However if there is rain or cloud the video could convey that there is no escape whatsoever for the subject There will be use of narrative within the video as connected events will be recorded edited and pieced together to form a single continuous and effective story Some of the imagery within the video will be visually descriptive eg use of weather to create meaning

My music video will follow the genre of rock with elements of the pop and techno genre included The video will include scenes of guitars and drum sets been played fast-paced and intense sequences and a specific style of clothing eg hoodie These are conventions of rock because artists usually tend to wear dark clothing have a messy hairstyle and use a specific hand symbol (see image to the right) which is representative of the genre I could employ some of these conventions within my music video to give the impression that I am following the genre of rock Strobe lighting effects could be utilized during post production to create a feel similar to that of concerts Music videos of this genre often have a meaningstory to them and my video will feature a narrative Photo shoots could be used as well in my video another element of rock videos All these aspects mentioned are codes and conventions of the rock genre which I will employ in my final idea They are also featured in various rock music videos today eg Kaiser Chiefs tend to have a narrative within their videos This is evident in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo as a story is told about the rise to fame of a man who juggles tennis balls on his face

+Final idea ndash mood board

+Final idea ndash techniques and styles Camerawork I will be including many different types of shots camera angles and movement in my music video The

shots will include

1 Extreme long shot this shot will be effective for providing focus on a location eg a field and point out lots of different aspects for the video

2 Close-up close-up shots could be used to provide emphasis on characterrsquos emotions and facial expression

3 Medium shot Medium shots could be used to display the actions of the subject(s) with detail on the scenery behind them

4 Tracking shot tracking shots can enable the subject within a frame to be followed and constantly focused on

I intend to implement these in various sequences of my music video to create meaning eg extreme long shot to provide emphasis on an outside location medium shot to view a subject in an inside location My music video will follow an easily recognizable style It will feature individuals playing instruments in a slightly aggressive manner and there will be a fair amount of focus on the artist(s) I will be using editing techniques eg enhancement colour grading and alteration of lighting These will be effective because they could create meaning and add to the overall quality of the video thus adding to the pleasure exerted towards the audience There is a good chance that enhancement might predominate as the leading form of editing in my music video because I am determined to improve the quality to a high level My music video will most likely adhere to the conventions of the rock genre due to the focus on guitars drum sets etc being played in a furious manner as well as focus on a whole band in a group I will implement these in my video along with shots of outside locations in an effort to provide various elements to interact with

The techniques I will use in my video will consist mainly of different camera angles eg high and low angle to provide different levels of focus on the videorsquos aspects and create meaning A low-angle shot could suggest power and dominance which is another convention of rock music artists ie to look imposing and powerful in their music videos The techniques in my video will also consist of shots being pieced together effectively to result in an uninterrupted continuous and successful whole This could turn out to be effective because the audience will be able to see the video without a break in time interrupting (and possibly ruining) the experience for them The techniques I will employ will be quite similar to that of existing rock music videos however I will be original in my ideas I intend to combine the surroundings of outside locations with the aspects of a band performing this could appear unique

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 5: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]

+Summary 5 positive aspects of my ideas Incorporation of outside locations this action could result in an expanded story space and additional features for the viewer to

enjoy along with shots of band members performing

Vocals and Visuals Relationship this could be effective because the viewer could easily assume that the song is in-sync with the lyrics and that the two are actually one whole

Variety of different shots camera angles and movement this would benefit the overall video because the aspects of a performance can be shown differently and depict subjects from a specific distance or in relation to their surroundings

Multiple Locations to Film AtResources to Use the fact that there is a wide variety of locations including rooms to record sound and programs to use for editing eg Adobe Premiere is beneficial because there is a good chance the music video will turn out very well There are a large amount of options and I can apply my ideas to them

Enhancement of overall video if I manage to shoot all the necessary scenes for the video I could alter the brightness and hue of certain sequences so that either light or dark tones predominate I could also alter the contrast to make the subjectlocation look visibly better in terms of quality This would make the video a better experience for the viewer

5 negative aspects of my ideas Limited number of participants because there wonrsquot be a lot of people working on this progress might be slow and the video will

be limited in terms of the number of people who will appear

Weather is unpredictable It could be sunny one day and rainy the next I might not be able to convey the mood provided by different types of weather if I cannot be sure what the weather will be I will either be able to convey how positive sunny days are and indicate that in my video or show how eerie cloudy days or mist will feel Either type of weather could do well to share a similar mood to the song I plan to use

Difficulties with creation of unrealistic elements I might find it quite difficult to create sequences (either during production or editing) that viewers will not recognize as things that have been proven possible Things like these in a music video make it an enjoyable experience for the viewer

Equal use of shots During production it may be difficult to realize how often I will be employing an extreme long shot compared to a medium shot or close-up The fact that all shots should all predominate as leading shots together might be a tough challenge to come across during production

Style of video I might find it hard to depict a specific style or multiple styles in my video The style should really follow that of a certain genre eg rock

+Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo Chosen Song Modern Way by Kaiser Chiefs

Background Kaiser Chiefs are an English indie rock band from Leeds formed in 2000 They were originally called lsquoParvarsquo before they renamed and established themselves as Kaiser Chiefs in 2003 The band consists of lead vocalist Ricky Wilson guitarist Andrew lsquoWhiteyrsquo White bassist Simon Rix and keyboardist Nick lsquoPeanutrsquo Baines Vijay Mistry replaced the founding drummer after the latter left the band in 2012 The band were inspired by new wave and punk rock music of the late 70s and 80s

Links to other artists Nick Hodgson the former drummer for Kaiser Chiefs has worked with Duran Duran and producer Mark Ronson on the Duran Duran album All you need is now He co-wrote the track lsquoToo bad yoursquore so beautiful He has also written songs for Shirley Bassey

Genre info Kaiser Chiefs follow the genre of indie rock It is an alternative form of rock that originated in the UK in the 1980s The genre was extremely diverse In the 1990s it broke into mainstream The genre is small and has relatively low budget labels The styles of this genre include punk psychedelia post-punk and country music Kaiser Chiefs have been known to follow these styles this is evident due to the content of their music videos

+Final idea ndash track summary I Predict a Riot by Kaiser Chiefs This track appeared on Kaiser Chiefrsquos debut album Employment It was released on November 1 2004

and entered at Number 22 on the UK Singles Chart This song paved the way for the bandrsquos rise to popularity due to how high it peaked in the chart The music video features the band performing at a town catching the attention of the locals As the video ends the band are shown performing on a stage with the audience appearing to start a lsquopillow fightrsquo

This music video creates meaning because it is set primarily in a town (possibly Leeds as the band originated there) where many of its inhabitants decide to head into a theatre to see Kaiser Chiefs performing While cheering for the band a lsquopillow fightrsquo ensues among the audience This is quite reminiscent of the vocals which suggest unrest and rioting A relationship is created between visuals and vocals Working together the song and the video create emphasis on the reaction of the public when it comes to seeing a band playing and a message is carried across to the viewer people easily go wild at concerts live performances etc This is how the video creates meaning The majority of the track seems to focus primarily on how tough or dangerous a certain neighbourhood is This is implied in the vocals ldquoand if therersquos anybody left in here who doesnrsquot want to be out thererdquo and ldquowalking through town is quite scary and not very sensible eitherrdquo In relation to this the video focuses on the havoc that ensues among a large group of people during the lsquopillow fightingrsquo The pace of the song is quite fast this adds to the intensity of the lyrics and the manner of the music video It also ties to the genre of rock Rock songs tend to be fast intense and harsh eg include profanity

The song seems to follow an easily recognizable style There are multiple uses of different types of camerawork eg medium shot close-up long shot All of the shots taken have been edited and pieced together in a manner so as it make it appear as though the events are happening very fast The band members are clearly shown frequently and there is use of slow motion canted angles and shots encompassing multiple people including the band The style of the song is similar to that of other songs in the genre of pop rock and indie rock Songs of these genres usually consist of references to women presence of lsquogoing wildrsquo and band members playing drum sets and guitars in an aggressive manner Kaiser Chiefs tend to perform these in their own videos not just in lsquoI Predict a Riotrsquo The video lasts a total of 3 minutes and 56 seconds

+Final idea ndash your idea My music video will use the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs and be set primarily at York

College Action will take place in stairwells and corridors primarily with additional shots of outside locations (the college playing fields the car park the bus stop and the hill) The concept of my video will be quite different from the actual lsquoModern Wayrsquo music video although it might hint at some of the elements used eg drum sets and guitars been played My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will be a student struggling to cope with his life at college and constantly looking for an opportunity to find a way out The college will be represented as a harsh place so as to convey the thoughts and feelings of the subject during his time there

There will be a strong relationship between vocals and visuals eg the lyrics ldquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of hererdquo will match up with the subject walking quicklyrunning out of college In my opinion this song could be used to convey how tough life is at times This is the reason why I chose the song The video will feature low key lighting within the college so as to allow eerie or bleak tones to predominate as leading elements and high key lighting outside to provide focus on the sunlight which could provide a feel of success However if there is rain or cloud the video could convey that there is no escape whatsoever for the subject There will be use of narrative within the video as connected events will be recorded edited and pieced together to form a single continuous and effective story Some of the imagery within the video will be visually descriptive eg use of weather to create meaning

My music video will follow the genre of rock with elements of the pop and techno genre included The video will include scenes of guitars and drum sets been played fast-paced and intense sequences and a specific style of clothing eg hoodie These are conventions of rock because artists usually tend to wear dark clothing have a messy hairstyle and use a specific hand symbol (see image to the right) which is representative of the genre I could employ some of these conventions within my music video to give the impression that I am following the genre of rock Strobe lighting effects could be utilized during post production to create a feel similar to that of concerts Music videos of this genre often have a meaningstory to them and my video will feature a narrative Photo shoots could be used as well in my video another element of rock videos All these aspects mentioned are codes and conventions of the rock genre which I will employ in my final idea They are also featured in various rock music videos today eg Kaiser Chiefs tend to have a narrative within their videos This is evident in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo as a story is told about the rise to fame of a man who juggles tennis balls on his face

+Final idea ndash mood board

+Final idea ndash techniques and styles Camerawork I will be including many different types of shots camera angles and movement in my music video The

shots will include

1 Extreme long shot this shot will be effective for providing focus on a location eg a field and point out lots of different aspects for the video

2 Close-up close-up shots could be used to provide emphasis on characterrsquos emotions and facial expression

3 Medium shot Medium shots could be used to display the actions of the subject(s) with detail on the scenery behind them

4 Tracking shot tracking shots can enable the subject within a frame to be followed and constantly focused on

I intend to implement these in various sequences of my music video to create meaning eg extreme long shot to provide emphasis on an outside location medium shot to view a subject in an inside location My music video will follow an easily recognizable style It will feature individuals playing instruments in a slightly aggressive manner and there will be a fair amount of focus on the artist(s) I will be using editing techniques eg enhancement colour grading and alteration of lighting These will be effective because they could create meaning and add to the overall quality of the video thus adding to the pleasure exerted towards the audience There is a good chance that enhancement might predominate as the leading form of editing in my music video because I am determined to improve the quality to a high level My music video will most likely adhere to the conventions of the rock genre due to the focus on guitars drum sets etc being played in a furious manner as well as focus on a whole band in a group I will implement these in my video along with shots of outside locations in an effort to provide various elements to interact with

The techniques I will use in my video will consist mainly of different camera angles eg high and low angle to provide different levels of focus on the videorsquos aspects and create meaning A low-angle shot could suggest power and dominance which is another convention of rock music artists ie to look imposing and powerful in their music videos The techniques in my video will also consist of shots being pieced together effectively to result in an uninterrupted continuous and successful whole This could turn out to be effective because the audience will be able to see the video without a break in time interrupting (and possibly ruining) the experience for them The techniques I will employ will be quite similar to that of existing rock music videos however I will be original in my ideas I intend to combine the surroundings of outside locations with the aspects of a band performing this could appear unique

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 6: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Summary 5 positive aspects of my ideas Incorporation of outside locations this action could result in an expanded story space and additional features for the viewer to

enjoy along with shots of band members performing

Vocals and Visuals Relationship this could be effective because the viewer could easily assume that the song is in-sync with the lyrics and that the two are actually one whole

Variety of different shots camera angles and movement this would benefit the overall video because the aspects of a performance can be shown differently and depict subjects from a specific distance or in relation to their surroundings

Multiple Locations to Film AtResources to Use the fact that there is a wide variety of locations including rooms to record sound and programs to use for editing eg Adobe Premiere is beneficial because there is a good chance the music video will turn out very well There are a large amount of options and I can apply my ideas to them

Enhancement of overall video if I manage to shoot all the necessary scenes for the video I could alter the brightness and hue of certain sequences so that either light or dark tones predominate I could also alter the contrast to make the subjectlocation look visibly better in terms of quality This would make the video a better experience for the viewer

5 negative aspects of my ideas Limited number of participants because there wonrsquot be a lot of people working on this progress might be slow and the video will

be limited in terms of the number of people who will appear

Weather is unpredictable It could be sunny one day and rainy the next I might not be able to convey the mood provided by different types of weather if I cannot be sure what the weather will be I will either be able to convey how positive sunny days are and indicate that in my video or show how eerie cloudy days or mist will feel Either type of weather could do well to share a similar mood to the song I plan to use

Difficulties with creation of unrealistic elements I might find it quite difficult to create sequences (either during production or editing) that viewers will not recognize as things that have been proven possible Things like these in a music video make it an enjoyable experience for the viewer

Equal use of shots During production it may be difficult to realize how often I will be employing an extreme long shot compared to a medium shot or close-up The fact that all shots should all predominate as leading shots together might be a tough challenge to come across during production

Style of video I might find it hard to depict a specific style or multiple styles in my video The style should really follow that of a certain genre eg rock

+Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo Chosen Song Modern Way by Kaiser Chiefs

Background Kaiser Chiefs are an English indie rock band from Leeds formed in 2000 They were originally called lsquoParvarsquo before they renamed and established themselves as Kaiser Chiefs in 2003 The band consists of lead vocalist Ricky Wilson guitarist Andrew lsquoWhiteyrsquo White bassist Simon Rix and keyboardist Nick lsquoPeanutrsquo Baines Vijay Mistry replaced the founding drummer after the latter left the band in 2012 The band were inspired by new wave and punk rock music of the late 70s and 80s

Links to other artists Nick Hodgson the former drummer for Kaiser Chiefs has worked with Duran Duran and producer Mark Ronson on the Duran Duran album All you need is now He co-wrote the track lsquoToo bad yoursquore so beautiful He has also written songs for Shirley Bassey

Genre info Kaiser Chiefs follow the genre of indie rock It is an alternative form of rock that originated in the UK in the 1980s The genre was extremely diverse In the 1990s it broke into mainstream The genre is small and has relatively low budget labels The styles of this genre include punk psychedelia post-punk and country music Kaiser Chiefs have been known to follow these styles this is evident due to the content of their music videos

+Final idea ndash track summary I Predict a Riot by Kaiser Chiefs This track appeared on Kaiser Chiefrsquos debut album Employment It was released on November 1 2004

and entered at Number 22 on the UK Singles Chart This song paved the way for the bandrsquos rise to popularity due to how high it peaked in the chart The music video features the band performing at a town catching the attention of the locals As the video ends the band are shown performing on a stage with the audience appearing to start a lsquopillow fightrsquo

This music video creates meaning because it is set primarily in a town (possibly Leeds as the band originated there) where many of its inhabitants decide to head into a theatre to see Kaiser Chiefs performing While cheering for the band a lsquopillow fightrsquo ensues among the audience This is quite reminiscent of the vocals which suggest unrest and rioting A relationship is created between visuals and vocals Working together the song and the video create emphasis on the reaction of the public when it comes to seeing a band playing and a message is carried across to the viewer people easily go wild at concerts live performances etc This is how the video creates meaning The majority of the track seems to focus primarily on how tough or dangerous a certain neighbourhood is This is implied in the vocals ldquoand if therersquos anybody left in here who doesnrsquot want to be out thererdquo and ldquowalking through town is quite scary and not very sensible eitherrdquo In relation to this the video focuses on the havoc that ensues among a large group of people during the lsquopillow fightingrsquo The pace of the song is quite fast this adds to the intensity of the lyrics and the manner of the music video It also ties to the genre of rock Rock songs tend to be fast intense and harsh eg include profanity

The song seems to follow an easily recognizable style There are multiple uses of different types of camerawork eg medium shot close-up long shot All of the shots taken have been edited and pieced together in a manner so as it make it appear as though the events are happening very fast The band members are clearly shown frequently and there is use of slow motion canted angles and shots encompassing multiple people including the band The style of the song is similar to that of other songs in the genre of pop rock and indie rock Songs of these genres usually consist of references to women presence of lsquogoing wildrsquo and band members playing drum sets and guitars in an aggressive manner Kaiser Chiefs tend to perform these in their own videos not just in lsquoI Predict a Riotrsquo The video lasts a total of 3 minutes and 56 seconds

+Final idea ndash your idea My music video will use the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs and be set primarily at York

College Action will take place in stairwells and corridors primarily with additional shots of outside locations (the college playing fields the car park the bus stop and the hill) The concept of my video will be quite different from the actual lsquoModern Wayrsquo music video although it might hint at some of the elements used eg drum sets and guitars been played My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will be a student struggling to cope with his life at college and constantly looking for an opportunity to find a way out The college will be represented as a harsh place so as to convey the thoughts and feelings of the subject during his time there

There will be a strong relationship between vocals and visuals eg the lyrics ldquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of hererdquo will match up with the subject walking quicklyrunning out of college In my opinion this song could be used to convey how tough life is at times This is the reason why I chose the song The video will feature low key lighting within the college so as to allow eerie or bleak tones to predominate as leading elements and high key lighting outside to provide focus on the sunlight which could provide a feel of success However if there is rain or cloud the video could convey that there is no escape whatsoever for the subject There will be use of narrative within the video as connected events will be recorded edited and pieced together to form a single continuous and effective story Some of the imagery within the video will be visually descriptive eg use of weather to create meaning

My music video will follow the genre of rock with elements of the pop and techno genre included The video will include scenes of guitars and drum sets been played fast-paced and intense sequences and a specific style of clothing eg hoodie These are conventions of rock because artists usually tend to wear dark clothing have a messy hairstyle and use a specific hand symbol (see image to the right) which is representative of the genre I could employ some of these conventions within my music video to give the impression that I am following the genre of rock Strobe lighting effects could be utilized during post production to create a feel similar to that of concerts Music videos of this genre often have a meaningstory to them and my video will feature a narrative Photo shoots could be used as well in my video another element of rock videos All these aspects mentioned are codes and conventions of the rock genre which I will employ in my final idea They are also featured in various rock music videos today eg Kaiser Chiefs tend to have a narrative within their videos This is evident in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo as a story is told about the rise to fame of a man who juggles tennis balls on his face

+Final idea ndash mood board

+Final idea ndash techniques and styles Camerawork I will be including many different types of shots camera angles and movement in my music video The

shots will include

1 Extreme long shot this shot will be effective for providing focus on a location eg a field and point out lots of different aspects for the video

2 Close-up close-up shots could be used to provide emphasis on characterrsquos emotions and facial expression

3 Medium shot Medium shots could be used to display the actions of the subject(s) with detail on the scenery behind them

4 Tracking shot tracking shots can enable the subject within a frame to be followed and constantly focused on

I intend to implement these in various sequences of my music video to create meaning eg extreme long shot to provide emphasis on an outside location medium shot to view a subject in an inside location My music video will follow an easily recognizable style It will feature individuals playing instruments in a slightly aggressive manner and there will be a fair amount of focus on the artist(s) I will be using editing techniques eg enhancement colour grading and alteration of lighting These will be effective because they could create meaning and add to the overall quality of the video thus adding to the pleasure exerted towards the audience There is a good chance that enhancement might predominate as the leading form of editing in my music video because I am determined to improve the quality to a high level My music video will most likely adhere to the conventions of the rock genre due to the focus on guitars drum sets etc being played in a furious manner as well as focus on a whole band in a group I will implement these in my video along with shots of outside locations in an effort to provide various elements to interact with

The techniques I will use in my video will consist mainly of different camera angles eg high and low angle to provide different levels of focus on the videorsquos aspects and create meaning A low-angle shot could suggest power and dominance which is another convention of rock music artists ie to look imposing and powerful in their music videos The techniques in my video will also consist of shots being pieced together effectively to result in an uninterrupted continuous and successful whole This could turn out to be effective because the audience will be able to see the video without a break in time interrupting (and possibly ruining) the experience for them The techniques I will employ will be quite similar to that of existing rock music videos however I will be original in my ideas I intend to combine the surroundings of outside locations with the aspects of a band performing this could appear unique

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 7: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo Chosen Song Modern Way by Kaiser Chiefs

Background Kaiser Chiefs are an English indie rock band from Leeds formed in 2000 They were originally called lsquoParvarsquo before they renamed and established themselves as Kaiser Chiefs in 2003 The band consists of lead vocalist Ricky Wilson guitarist Andrew lsquoWhiteyrsquo White bassist Simon Rix and keyboardist Nick lsquoPeanutrsquo Baines Vijay Mistry replaced the founding drummer after the latter left the band in 2012 The band were inspired by new wave and punk rock music of the late 70s and 80s

Links to other artists Nick Hodgson the former drummer for Kaiser Chiefs has worked with Duran Duran and producer Mark Ronson on the Duran Duran album All you need is now He co-wrote the track lsquoToo bad yoursquore so beautiful He has also written songs for Shirley Bassey

Genre info Kaiser Chiefs follow the genre of indie rock It is an alternative form of rock that originated in the UK in the 1980s The genre was extremely diverse In the 1990s it broke into mainstream The genre is small and has relatively low budget labels The styles of this genre include punk psychedelia post-punk and country music Kaiser Chiefs have been known to follow these styles this is evident due to the content of their music videos

+Final idea ndash track summary I Predict a Riot by Kaiser Chiefs This track appeared on Kaiser Chiefrsquos debut album Employment It was released on November 1 2004

and entered at Number 22 on the UK Singles Chart This song paved the way for the bandrsquos rise to popularity due to how high it peaked in the chart The music video features the band performing at a town catching the attention of the locals As the video ends the band are shown performing on a stage with the audience appearing to start a lsquopillow fightrsquo

This music video creates meaning because it is set primarily in a town (possibly Leeds as the band originated there) where many of its inhabitants decide to head into a theatre to see Kaiser Chiefs performing While cheering for the band a lsquopillow fightrsquo ensues among the audience This is quite reminiscent of the vocals which suggest unrest and rioting A relationship is created between visuals and vocals Working together the song and the video create emphasis on the reaction of the public when it comes to seeing a band playing and a message is carried across to the viewer people easily go wild at concerts live performances etc This is how the video creates meaning The majority of the track seems to focus primarily on how tough or dangerous a certain neighbourhood is This is implied in the vocals ldquoand if therersquos anybody left in here who doesnrsquot want to be out thererdquo and ldquowalking through town is quite scary and not very sensible eitherrdquo In relation to this the video focuses on the havoc that ensues among a large group of people during the lsquopillow fightingrsquo The pace of the song is quite fast this adds to the intensity of the lyrics and the manner of the music video It also ties to the genre of rock Rock songs tend to be fast intense and harsh eg include profanity

The song seems to follow an easily recognizable style There are multiple uses of different types of camerawork eg medium shot close-up long shot All of the shots taken have been edited and pieced together in a manner so as it make it appear as though the events are happening very fast The band members are clearly shown frequently and there is use of slow motion canted angles and shots encompassing multiple people including the band The style of the song is similar to that of other songs in the genre of pop rock and indie rock Songs of these genres usually consist of references to women presence of lsquogoing wildrsquo and band members playing drum sets and guitars in an aggressive manner Kaiser Chiefs tend to perform these in their own videos not just in lsquoI Predict a Riotrsquo The video lasts a total of 3 minutes and 56 seconds

+Final idea ndash your idea My music video will use the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs and be set primarily at York

College Action will take place in stairwells and corridors primarily with additional shots of outside locations (the college playing fields the car park the bus stop and the hill) The concept of my video will be quite different from the actual lsquoModern Wayrsquo music video although it might hint at some of the elements used eg drum sets and guitars been played My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will be a student struggling to cope with his life at college and constantly looking for an opportunity to find a way out The college will be represented as a harsh place so as to convey the thoughts and feelings of the subject during his time there

There will be a strong relationship between vocals and visuals eg the lyrics ldquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of hererdquo will match up with the subject walking quicklyrunning out of college In my opinion this song could be used to convey how tough life is at times This is the reason why I chose the song The video will feature low key lighting within the college so as to allow eerie or bleak tones to predominate as leading elements and high key lighting outside to provide focus on the sunlight which could provide a feel of success However if there is rain or cloud the video could convey that there is no escape whatsoever for the subject There will be use of narrative within the video as connected events will be recorded edited and pieced together to form a single continuous and effective story Some of the imagery within the video will be visually descriptive eg use of weather to create meaning

My music video will follow the genre of rock with elements of the pop and techno genre included The video will include scenes of guitars and drum sets been played fast-paced and intense sequences and a specific style of clothing eg hoodie These are conventions of rock because artists usually tend to wear dark clothing have a messy hairstyle and use a specific hand symbol (see image to the right) which is representative of the genre I could employ some of these conventions within my music video to give the impression that I am following the genre of rock Strobe lighting effects could be utilized during post production to create a feel similar to that of concerts Music videos of this genre often have a meaningstory to them and my video will feature a narrative Photo shoots could be used as well in my video another element of rock videos All these aspects mentioned are codes and conventions of the rock genre which I will employ in my final idea They are also featured in various rock music videos today eg Kaiser Chiefs tend to have a narrative within their videos This is evident in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo as a story is told about the rise to fame of a man who juggles tennis balls on his face

+Final idea ndash mood board

+Final idea ndash techniques and styles Camerawork I will be including many different types of shots camera angles and movement in my music video The

shots will include

1 Extreme long shot this shot will be effective for providing focus on a location eg a field and point out lots of different aspects for the video

2 Close-up close-up shots could be used to provide emphasis on characterrsquos emotions and facial expression

3 Medium shot Medium shots could be used to display the actions of the subject(s) with detail on the scenery behind them

4 Tracking shot tracking shots can enable the subject within a frame to be followed and constantly focused on

I intend to implement these in various sequences of my music video to create meaning eg extreme long shot to provide emphasis on an outside location medium shot to view a subject in an inside location My music video will follow an easily recognizable style It will feature individuals playing instruments in a slightly aggressive manner and there will be a fair amount of focus on the artist(s) I will be using editing techniques eg enhancement colour grading and alteration of lighting These will be effective because they could create meaning and add to the overall quality of the video thus adding to the pleasure exerted towards the audience There is a good chance that enhancement might predominate as the leading form of editing in my music video because I am determined to improve the quality to a high level My music video will most likely adhere to the conventions of the rock genre due to the focus on guitars drum sets etc being played in a furious manner as well as focus on a whole band in a group I will implement these in my video along with shots of outside locations in an effort to provide various elements to interact with

The techniques I will use in my video will consist mainly of different camera angles eg high and low angle to provide different levels of focus on the videorsquos aspects and create meaning A low-angle shot could suggest power and dominance which is another convention of rock music artists ie to look imposing and powerful in their music videos The techniques in my video will also consist of shots being pieced together effectively to result in an uninterrupted continuous and successful whole This could turn out to be effective because the audience will be able to see the video without a break in time interrupting (and possibly ruining) the experience for them The techniques I will employ will be quite similar to that of existing rock music videos however I will be original in my ideas I intend to combine the surroundings of outside locations with the aspects of a band performing this could appear unique

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 8: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Final idea ndash track summary I Predict a Riot by Kaiser Chiefs This track appeared on Kaiser Chiefrsquos debut album Employment It was released on November 1 2004

and entered at Number 22 on the UK Singles Chart This song paved the way for the bandrsquos rise to popularity due to how high it peaked in the chart The music video features the band performing at a town catching the attention of the locals As the video ends the band are shown performing on a stage with the audience appearing to start a lsquopillow fightrsquo

This music video creates meaning because it is set primarily in a town (possibly Leeds as the band originated there) where many of its inhabitants decide to head into a theatre to see Kaiser Chiefs performing While cheering for the band a lsquopillow fightrsquo ensues among the audience This is quite reminiscent of the vocals which suggest unrest and rioting A relationship is created between visuals and vocals Working together the song and the video create emphasis on the reaction of the public when it comes to seeing a band playing and a message is carried across to the viewer people easily go wild at concerts live performances etc This is how the video creates meaning The majority of the track seems to focus primarily on how tough or dangerous a certain neighbourhood is This is implied in the vocals ldquoand if therersquos anybody left in here who doesnrsquot want to be out thererdquo and ldquowalking through town is quite scary and not very sensible eitherrdquo In relation to this the video focuses on the havoc that ensues among a large group of people during the lsquopillow fightingrsquo The pace of the song is quite fast this adds to the intensity of the lyrics and the manner of the music video It also ties to the genre of rock Rock songs tend to be fast intense and harsh eg include profanity

The song seems to follow an easily recognizable style There are multiple uses of different types of camerawork eg medium shot close-up long shot All of the shots taken have been edited and pieced together in a manner so as it make it appear as though the events are happening very fast The band members are clearly shown frequently and there is use of slow motion canted angles and shots encompassing multiple people including the band The style of the song is similar to that of other songs in the genre of pop rock and indie rock Songs of these genres usually consist of references to women presence of lsquogoing wildrsquo and band members playing drum sets and guitars in an aggressive manner Kaiser Chiefs tend to perform these in their own videos not just in lsquoI Predict a Riotrsquo The video lasts a total of 3 minutes and 56 seconds

+Final idea ndash your idea My music video will use the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs and be set primarily at York

College Action will take place in stairwells and corridors primarily with additional shots of outside locations (the college playing fields the car park the bus stop and the hill) The concept of my video will be quite different from the actual lsquoModern Wayrsquo music video although it might hint at some of the elements used eg drum sets and guitars been played My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will be a student struggling to cope with his life at college and constantly looking for an opportunity to find a way out The college will be represented as a harsh place so as to convey the thoughts and feelings of the subject during his time there

There will be a strong relationship between vocals and visuals eg the lyrics ldquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of hererdquo will match up with the subject walking quicklyrunning out of college In my opinion this song could be used to convey how tough life is at times This is the reason why I chose the song The video will feature low key lighting within the college so as to allow eerie or bleak tones to predominate as leading elements and high key lighting outside to provide focus on the sunlight which could provide a feel of success However if there is rain or cloud the video could convey that there is no escape whatsoever for the subject There will be use of narrative within the video as connected events will be recorded edited and pieced together to form a single continuous and effective story Some of the imagery within the video will be visually descriptive eg use of weather to create meaning

My music video will follow the genre of rock with elements of the pop and techno genre included The video will include scenes of guitars and drum sets been played fast-paced and intense sequences and a specific style of clothing eg hoodie These are conventions of rock because artists usually tend to wear dark clothing have a messy hairstyle and use a specific hand symbol (see image to the right) which is representative of the genre I could employ some of these conventions within my music video to give the impression that I am following the genre of rock Strobe lighting effects could be utilized during post production to create a feel similar to that of concerts Music videos of this genre often have a meaningstory to them and my video will feature a narrative Photo shoots could be used as well in my video another element of rock videos All these aspects mentioned are codes and conventions of the rock genre which I will employ in my final idea They are also featured in various rock music videos today eg Kaiser Chiefs tend to have a narrative within their videos This is evident in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo as a story is told about the rise to fame of a man who juggles tennis balls on his face

+Final idea ndash mood board

+Final idea ndash techniques and styles Camerawork I will be including many different types of shots camera angles and movement in my music video The

shots will include

1 Extreme long shot this shot will be effective for providing focus on a location eg a field and point out lots of different aspects for the video

2 Close-up close-up shots could be used to provide emphasis on characterrsquos emotions and facial expression

3 Medium shot Medium shots could be used to display the actions of the subject(s) with detail on the scenery behind them

4 Tracking shot tracking shots can enable the subject within a frame to be followed and constantly focused on

I intend to implement these in various sequences of my music video to create meaning eg extreme long shot to provide emphasis on an outside location medium shot to view a subject in an inside location My music video will follow an easily recognizable style It will feature individuals playing instruments in a slightly aggressive manner and there will be a fair amount of focus on the artist(s) I will be using editing techniques eg enhancement colour grading and alteration of lighting These will be effective because they could create meaning and add to the overall quality of the video thus adding to the pleasure exerted towards the audience There is a good chance that enhancement might predominate as the leading form of editing in my music video because I am determined to improve the quality to a high level My music video will most likely adhere to the conventions of the rock genre due to the focus on guitars drum sets etc being played in a furious manner as well as focus on a whole band in a group I will implement these in my video along with shots of outside locations in an effort to provide various elements to interact with

The techniques I will use in my video will consist mainly of different camera angles eg high and low angle to provide different levels of focus on the videorsquos aspects and create meaning A low-angle shot could suggest power and dominance which is another convention of rock music artists ie to look imposing and powerful in their music videos The techniques in my video will also consist of shots being pieced together effectively to result in an uninterrupted continuous and successful whole This could turn out to be effective because the audience will be able to see the video without a break in time interrupting (and possibly ruining) the experience for them The techniques I will employ will be quite similar to that of existing rock music videos however I will be original in my ideas I intend to combine the surroundings of outside locations with the aspects of a band performing this could appear unique

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 9: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Final idea ndash your idea My music video will use the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs and be set primarily at York

College Action will take place in stairwells and corridors primarily with additional shots of outside locations (the college playing fields the car park the bus stop and the hill) The concept of my video will be quite different from the actual lsquoModern Wayrsquo music video although it might hint at some of the elements used eg drum sets and guitars been played My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will be a student struggling to cope with his life at college and constantly looking for an opportunity to find a way out The college will be represented as a harsh place so as to convey the thoughts and feelings of the subject during his time there

There will be a strong relationship between vocals and visuals eg the lyrics ldquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of hererdquo will match up with the subject walking quicklyrunning out of college In my opinion this song could be used to convey how tough life is at times This is the reason why I chose the song The video will feature low key lighting within the college so as to allow eerie or bleak tones to predominate as leading elements and high key lighting outside to provide focus on the sunlight which could provide a feel of success However if there is rain or cloud the video could convey that there is no escape whatsoever for the subject There will be use of narrative within the video as connected events will be recorded edited and pieced together to form a single continuous and effective story Some of the imagery within the video will be visually descriptive eg use of weather to create meaning

My music video will follow the genre of rock with elements of the pop and techno genre included The video will include scenes of guitars and drum sets been played fast-paced and intense sequences and a specific style of clothing eg hoodie These are conventions of rock because artists usually tend to wear dark clothing have a messy hairstyle and use a specific hand symbol (see image to the right) which is representative of the genre I could employ some of these conventions within my music video to give the impression that I am following the genre of rock Strobe lighting effects could be utilized during post production to create a feel similar to that of concerts Music videos of this genre often have a meaningstory to them and my video will feature a narrative Photo shoots could be used as well in my video another element of rock videos All these aspects mentioned are codes and conventions of the rock genre which I will employ in my final idea They are also featured in various rock music videos today eg Kaiser Chiefs tend to have a narrative within their videos This is evident in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo as a story is told about the rise to fame of a man who juggles tennis balls on his face

+Final idea ndash mood board

+Final idea ndash techniques and styles Camerawork I will be including many different types of shots camera angles and movement in my music video The

shots will include

1 Extreme long shot this shot will be effective for providing focus on a location eg a field and point out lots of different aspects for the video

2 Close-up close-up shots could be used to provide emphasis on characterrsquos emotions and facial expression

3 Medium shot Medium shots could be used to display the actions of the subject(s) with detail on the scenery behind them

4 Tracking shot tracking shots can enable the subject within a frame to be followed and constantly focused on

I intend to implement these in various sequences of my music video to create meaning eg extreme long shot to provide emphasis on an outside location medium shot to view a subject in an inside location My music video will follow an easily recognizable style It will feature individuals playing instruments in a slightly aggressive manner and there will be a fair amount of focus on the artist(s) I will be using editing techniques eg enhancement colour grading and alteration of lighting These will be effective because they could create meaning and add to the overall quality of the video thus adding to the pleasure exerted towards the audience There is a good chance that enhancement might predominate as the leading form of editing in my music video because I am determined to improve the quality to a high level My music video will most likely adhere to the conventions of the rock genre due to the focus on guitars drum sets etc being played in a furious manner as well as focus on a whole band in a group I will implement these in my video along with shots of outside locations in an effort to provide various elements to interact with

The techniques I will use in my video will consist mainly of different camera angles eg high and low angle to provide different levels of focus on the videorsquos aspects and create meaning A low-angle shot could suggest power and dominance which is another convention of rock music artists ie to look imposing and powerful in their music videos The techniques in my video will also consist of shots being pieced together effectively to result in an uninterrupted continuous and successful whole This could turn out to be effective because the audience will be able to see the video without a break in time interrupting (and possibly ruining) the experience for them The techniques I will employ will be quite similar to that of existing rock music videos however I will be original in my ideas I intend to combine the surroundings of outside locations with the aspects of a band performing this could appear unique

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 10: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Final idea ndash mood board

+Final idea ndash techniques and styles Camerawork I will be including many different types of shots camera angles and movement in my music video The

shots will include

1 Extreme long shot this shot will be effective for providing focus on a location eg a field and point out lots of different aspects for the video

2 Close-up close-up shots could be used to provide emphasis on characterrsquos emotions and facial expression

3 Medium shot Medium shots could be used to display the actions of the subject(s) with detail on the scenery behind them

4 Tracking shot tracking shots can enable the subject within a frame to be followed and constantly focused on

I intend to implement these in various sequences of my music video to create meaning eg extreme long shot to provide emphasis on an outside location medium shot to view a subject in an inside location My music video will follow an easily recognizable style It will feature individuals playing instruments in a slightly aggressive manner and there will be a fair amount of focus on the artist(s) I will be using editing techniques eg enhancement colour grading and alteration of lighting These will be effective because they could create meaning and add to the overall quality of the video thus adding to the pleasure exerted towards the audience There is a good chance that enhancement might predominate as the leading form of editing in my music video because I am determined to improve the quality to a high level My music video will most likely adhere to the conventions of the rock genre due to the focus on guitars drum sets etc being played in a furious manner as well as focus on a whole band in a group I will implement these in my video along with shots of outside locations in an effort to provide various elements to interact with

The techniques I will use in my video will consist mainly of different camera angles eg high and low angle to provide different levels of focus on the videorsquos aspects and create meaning A low-angle shot could suggest power and dominance which is another convention of rock music artists ie to look imposing and powerful in their music videos The techniques in my video will also consist of shots being pieced together effectively to result in an uninterrupted continuous and successful whole This could turn out to be effective because the audience will be able to see the video without a break in time interrupting (and possibly ruining) the experience for them The techniques I will employ will be quite similar to that of existing rock music videos however I will be original in my ideas I intend to combine the surroundings of outside locations with the aspects of a band performing this could appear unique

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 11: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Final idea ndash techniques and styles Camerawork I will be including many different types of shots camera angles and movement in my music video The

shots will include

1 Extreme long shot this shot will be effective for providing focus on a location eg a field and point out lots of different aspects for the video

2 Close-up close-up shots could be used to provide emphasis on characterrsquos emotions and facial expression

3 Medium shot Medium shots could be used to display the actions of the subject(s) with detail on the scenery behind them

4 Tracking shot tracking shots can enable the subject within a frame to be followed and constantly focused on

I intend to implement these in various sequences of my music video to create meaning eg extreme long shot to provide emphasis on an outside location medium shot to view a subject in an inside location My music video will follow an easily recognizable style It will feature individuals playing instruments in a slightly aggressive manner and there will be a fair amount of focus on the artist(s) I will be using editing techniques eg enhancement colour grading and alteration of lighting These will be effective because they could create meaning and add to the overall quality of the video thus adding to the pleasure exerted towards the audience There is a good chance that enhancement might predominate as the leading form of editing in my music video because I am determined to improve the quality to a high level My music video will most likely adhere to the conventions of the rock genre due to the focus on guitars drum sets etc being played in a furious manner as well as focus on a whole band in a group I will implement these in my video along with shots of outside locations in an effort to provide various elements to interact with

The techniques I will use in my video will consist mainly of different camera angles eg high and low angle to provide different levels of focus on the videorsquos aspects and create meaning A low-angle shot could suggest power and dominance which is another convention of rock music artists ie to look imposing and powerful in their music videos The techniques in my video will also consist of shots being pieced together effectively to result in an uninterrupted continuous and successful whole This could turn out to be effective because the audience will be able to see the video without a break in time interrupting (and possibly ruining) the experience for them The techniques I will employ will be quite similar to that of existing rock music videos however I will be original in my ideas I intend to combine the surroundings of outside locations with the aspects of a band performing this could appear unique

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 12: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+TASK 2Pre-production Assessment

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 13: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Title of productionproduction outline

Summary A rock music video consisting of a band performing in a small classroom and footage of York College and its surroundings (mainly the field car

park and hill) with clips of a student walking around in a series of corridors and stairways lip-syncing to lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefsrsquo The video itself will be filmed in and around York College and follow the struggles of a student who hates his life in education

Intentions I intend to produce a music video based on the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs an English indie rock band from Leeds The music video will

adhere to the conventions of the rock genre through presence of musical instruments and band performances and it will also reference different music genres eg pop I am going to produce this by filming at various outside locations and shooting performances of a band as well as a lead artist (myself) I will be scouting for locations and making risk assessments first to ensure I am confident during production at which point I will be using a variety of shot types eg long shot close-up and camera angles eg low-angle shot canted angle During post-production I will be piecing together all the footage taken and edit certain areas eg enhance them colour grade them This will add to the overall quality of my music video The intended outcome for my music video is a continuous and uninterrupted flow of action depicting life at higher education the advantages and the disadvantages eg vast opportunities and a dull atmosphere I intend for my music video to feature a high level of quality and editing techniques eg effective transitions from one scene to another visual enhancement The elements of the music video should create meaning and give the audience a variety of aspects to interact with as well as evoke emotion and make the audience want to question what is going on in the video The viewer should be able to relate to what it happening in the video and sympathize with the main character

Breakdown of TractMy Interpretation Modern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs is a single from the bandrsquos debut album Employment The song peaked at No 11 on the UK Singles Chart and its

music video marked the directorial debut of Ricky Wilson the bandrsquos lead singer The song was released on November 7 2005 along with Employment Itrsquos lyrics strongly refer to loneliness and regret which fits with the mood conveyed by the music video However the music video shows the progress of a juggler who practices balancing tennis balls on his face until he becomes an influential figure The band appear in this video frequently donning glasses During the climactic performance of the video a special effect is used to give a strong impression of the artists performing from within a giant tennis ball that turns on the stage so that the band is facing the massive audience in front of them through the opened-up side of the ball The size of the tennis ball in this sequence suggests the importance of tennis balls in this music video The overall track has a melancholy feel and seems to focus on the fact that all hope is gone and the artists are struggling to accept this fact My interpretation of lsquoModern Wayrsquo is a song which aims to evoke certain feelings within the viewer eg sadness The pace of the song is quite slow this creates an atmosphere that is tense to say the least because it allows the viewer to focus on the message the song is attempting to convey eg do not give up The song could be trying to convey this message due to the manner of the lyrics as well as the narrative of the music video which features an individual making multiple attempts until he succeeds The mood of the song is quite emotional this will be an aspect of my music video I look at the structure of the song as a story about someone who finds himself in a place full of despair He soon realizes that he has made the wrong choice and needs to escape because there are so many other things life has in store for him The lyrics are probably repetitive to ensure the audience thinks about the message the artists are trying to convey throughout their time watching the video and do not forget it

Technicalequipment requirements Include any details that you think [you could use material from your pitch]

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 14: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Locations York College Playing Fields for the climactic performance in the music video

Classroom on Floor 2 to capture shots of a band performance

Corridor on Ground Floor for different sections of the music video where lip-syncing will occur

Stairs (Floor 3 and Downward) shots for the chorus will be taken here

Bottom of Stairs (Ground Floor) additional shots of the main character (myself) will be filmed in this location

York College Grounds multiple scenes will be shot in various locations in and around the college to provide montage to create meaning and go with the music video this will give the viewer different aspects to interact with

I will be planning an observation of these locations in an attempt to ascertain they are suitable for my idea and unlikely to be crowded by lots of people This will benefit my production because if there are lots of people it will be a lot difficult to shoot scenes there because the people might not be willing to move or be made uneasy if they think theyrsquore being filmed It is a good idea to obtain information by visual observation because I will be able to realize the characteristics of a certain location eg the field and determine whether or not it will be suitable to film there

There are some limitations within the areas I hope to film in For example certain corridors in the college might not offer full access because there are multiple classrooms in which people will be working in There might also be numbers of people passing through the location and this might disturb my production Cleaners might also be present Certain areas of the York College playing fields might be too far away (I will need to consider the fact that I canrsquot be too far away from college) and other people might even be using them eg PE classes or football clubs of different types Another thing that could get in the way of production is weather If it rains heavily I wonrsquot be able to go out on the field to film because the camera will get wet and conditions could be risky eg I could slip and fall Filming on the stairs could also be risky because falling could result in serious injury I will also need to bear in mind the cost of the equipment I plan to use eg camera and tripod because if these get damaged I will have to pay for them There are multiple ways to overcome these risks and limitations If the weather is bad I should postpone filming and do it again the following day If locations are crowded or access is limited I will need to scout different locations andor change my ideas I will need to explain to people that I am not filming them and have my college ID card on my person at all times to state who I am and that I am a student at York College doing work for media I will also need to be extra careful whilst filming on the stairs so I donrsquot fall or drop the camera To prevent going too far I will keep in mind how far away I am when it comes to filming on the fields

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 15: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Equipment What do you need Eg equipment resources Mostly from college but who do you need to speak

to get this kit What is available When

Look at equipment hire places etc httpwwwmediadoghirecom

Canon CN7 17-120 (pound285 for 1 day) This piece of equipment enables effective focus high-speed zoom and iris it could allow me to respond rapidly when it comes to shooting scenes of surrounding outside locations and is ideal for shooting scenes from a distance because it covers a great range and it is able to maintain optimal quality

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED (pound48 for 1 day) This is a highly modified version of previous types of LED panels the light can be much better controlled and it moulds around faces and features this would allow for enhanced quality during filming particularly at the bottom of the stairs at college

Sony PXW-FS7 Camera Hire (pound125 for 1 day) Featuring a 4K Super 35mm Exmor CMOS sensor and supporting 4K 50p and Full HD this piece of equipment will be ideal for shooting certain scenes on the stairs and through the corridors

Tripod I will need a tripod to hold the camera steady whilst shooting scenes

I will need to speak with those at the Media Department and ask if the aforementioned equipment types are available at college and if they are request permission to use them for shooting scenes for my music video I understand that a certain type of LED camera will be available along with an SD card and a tripod these will be useful when it comes to filming If any other types of equipment are available eg rotolight these will enhance the overall feel of my music video that I will try to communicate Certain types of equipment eg camera and tripod will most likely be available in a period when other people from different lessons arenrsquot using them

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 16: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Facilities httpwwwfactcoukservices-venue-hireediting-suite-hireaspx Final Cut Pro

I will be editing the footage taken during filming on Final Cut Pro a non-linear video editing software program which offers powerful and easy manipulation of media texts I will be working on this program due to increased media management options and support for a wide range of professional video formats These will offer me a variety of options during post-production and enable me to effectively piece together all the necessary shots for the overall video With multiple techniques to utilize and streamlined import processes this is the ideal editing facility to use However there are disadvantages no built-in tracking options for effect will enable masking enhancements for camerawork meaning I will need to collect all the necessary shots and angles I need for my video

There are no built-in tools for creating custom effect mask shapes and certain effects presets will not be saved shared or copied intuitively between different systems This might make post-production difficult in some areas as the techniques I am able to access are limited There are professional video editing mastering and archiving facilities equipped with effective start-to-finish video production that I might need for post-production There is a good chance these facilities will enhance the appearance of my overall production They can be hired for pound150 for half a day

Adobe Premiere Pro

A timeline-based video editing software program which will be useful for video editing and graphic design This editing facility is accessible at college it will be used for the simple aspects of post-production eg selecting shots and piecing them together Some editing techniques may be applied from this program eg transitions or alteration of brightness This facility is free and accessible at almost any time My production would clearly benefit from this program because it is simple and easy to operate therefore it might not be as time-consuming as any other programs which I will be utilizing for special editing techniques eg transitions and enhancement of scenes

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 17: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Personnel CREW The team will consist of fellow classmates who will be given the job of filming some of the scenes in my music video If they are able to help Richard

A Richard B and Matthew P could provide some assistance for the filming of my music video For example Matthew Pinkney could be given the job of capturing the shots of me walking with the camera tracking me as I walk towards it and the shots where I lip-sync and gesture in time to the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo The rest of the video will consist of panning shots of outside locations eg the college the car park and the hill I will be recording shots of myself lip-syncing to the song these shots seem easy enough to obtain on my own eg from behind a door or whilst stood against a wall If I am able to obtain a guitar or electric piano I could get myself or Matthew to mimic the action of playing these so the shots fit with the music The video will feature myself as the student who appears lsquolostrsquo (the primary character) If I can I will get a few classmates and myself to pretend to be a band playing in an empty classroom The instruments used will likely consist of two guitars an electric piano and a drum set (if obtainable) As a backup plan I might attempt to ask permission for four students who are doing music as a course to appear in my video playing instruments If these options are unavailable I will try to incorporate existing footage of guitars drum sets etc being played eg from YouTube The video will feature a performance from a band which will consist of myself Richard A Richard B and Matthew P if they are available Based on assumption the key strengths of my fellow classmates are that they are able to set up cameras and tripods skillfully and capture a variety of scenes efficiently Based on work in the past eg the short film project in Level 2 I assume that Matthew P Richard A and Richard B are able to use lots of different camera angles eg high-angle shot as well as camera movements eg tracking shot confidently They could be good at directing and coming up with suggestions as to what types of camerawork to utilize in the music video eg to provide emphasis on the student I will be playing in my music video The only weakness that would have an impact on my video is the fact that they might be inefficient when it comes to playing certain instruments not to mention pretending to play them If instruments of this type are able to be obtained I will be playing the drum set whilst Richard A Richard B and Matthew P will be playing the two guitars and electric piano This will create the impression of a band performance a convention of rock music videos

Chances are they will be available if there is a period when they are not working on their own music videos This will almost certainly be within lesson times eg on a Wednesday If any of them are taking a break or have finished for the day I might require some help from them because I will need to feature a band in my video and some shots I will need that are difficult to obtain myself In turn if any of them require any form of assistance in their videos I will be able to help them When they are available however it might only be for a certain amount of time so whatever I require them to do to help may need to be quick

CAST I might require external performers eg people who are doing the course of music because if they play instruments skillfully I could use them for the

appearance of a band playing in my music video and this could add to the effectiveness of the video The band would look realistic so audiences might be able to relate to the video more especially if they are fans of the rock genre and go to a lot of concerts It would benefit my video if there were additional cast members however this isnrsquot essential and the other elements I will include in my production will hopefully do well to provide a unique experience for the viewer(s) If students from the music course are available it will most likely be during a time period in which they are not required to complete any coursework (both in and outside of class) or if they do not have class time at all I am not sure whether or not I would need to pay these students because they might not play important roles eg for a certain job and might be hoping to achieve this I will not have to feed them because I would only need them for a short amount of time this wonrsquot interfere with normal lessons or breaklunch time I wonrsquot need to transport them because they are from York College and this is where I will be filming my music video In addition to this there will be no one else assisting me during the production of my music video eg people I know who are skilled with cameras or instruments They would benefit my video and could be relatives or former friends from past education however these people wonrsquot b available and I will need to make due with the aforementioned personnel I can easily get to provide assistance for my music video

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 18: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+PropsCostumeetc Here I will consider the props that could be used in a music video however I will not require any props eg ones that

are used on stageon screen and resemble actual objects distinct from any surroundings eg characters equipment and costume

For the production of my music video there arenrsquot a lot of things I require to use as props which could consist of breakaway objects eg mock glass or stage weapons that are made to look real but are in actuality unlikely to cause any injury due to their weak structure and light weight I do feel that props of these types would do well to depict scenes of anger or viciousness in certain productions like a music video eg the subject breaking a window in anger firing a gun into the air or shooting at someone The subject could even be shown contemplating suicide with a fake gun The presence of anger in a music video as well as firearms could tie in to the conventions of the rock genre

However I am not sure if I would be able to get my hands on props such as these and they probably wouldnrsquot be necessary in a music video despite the fact that some mainstream music videos today utilize these aspects to evoke adrenaline within the viewer These props might not be necessary anyway however they would benefit a music video because they would add to the overall experience for the viewer(s) as well as the quality of the video There would be increased features for the audience to interact with because certain props would be distinct from the scenery of my music video (the surrounding countryside) thus providing juxtaposition of the important aspects

Costume The student within the video will not be dressed in a distinctive manner eg in an unusual or old fashioned way He will

be dressed in a casual way eg like all other students at college which will mirror his easygoing relaxed and unpretentious attitude this will be communicated through the manner in which he approaches the song and its lyrics This student will be portrayed by myself During the chorus his appearance will change he will be wearing a hoodie and act in a more overconfident and pretentious way quite different in comparison to the lsquootherrsquo student The two of them will look like two different people however it is implied that the video is showing the different sides of one character eg innocent and troublesome Juxtaposition will be provided here due to the different ways these two subjects will act in contrast to each other In addition the lsquotroublesomersquo student will approach the song in a far more active way My overall music video will benefit from use of different clothing which creates meaning because it will show the laid-back nature of the casual student during the verse and pre-chorus of the song along with the active and somewhat aggressive attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student with his hood up during the chorus which is more upbeat than other sections of the song this aspect could communicate how lsquoupbeatrsquo the troublesome student is

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 19: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Codes of practice and regulations I will require clearance to use the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs (which is from their debut album Employment)

as the track for my music video The song is clearly copyrighted material this is evident due the fact that Kaiser Chiefs are covered by UMG (Universal Music Group) B-Unique Records Polydor Records Liberation Music and Universal Records which are all record labels They are associated with the marketing of music recordings and videos another requirement of labels could be to regulate music videos and protect the rights of artists (ie preventing their works from being copied) Copyright Disclaimer Under Section 107 of the Copyright Act 1976 states that lsquoallowance is made for ldquofair userdquo for purposes such as criticism comment news reporting teaching scholarship and researchrsquo The lsquoFair Usersquo checklist (httpwwwcopyrightcomServicescopyrightoncampusbasicsfairuse_listhtml) states that through lsquotransformative or productive usersquo and lsquoparodyrsquo fair use is favored and through lsquoprofiting from the usersquo and lsquodenying credit to original authorrsquo fair use is opposed therefore breaching the Act Despite the fact that I will credit the original author of the track (Kaiser Chiefs) and not make money through my own use of it I will need to contact MCPS-PRS (Mechanical Copyright Protection Service ndash Performing Rights Society Alliance) to confirm that I can include the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo in my music video without breaking any copyright laws

Mechanical Copyright Protection Society represents the mechanical rights of members whenever a piece of music is reproduced physically online or for broadcast Royalties for mechanical rights are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

Performing Rights Society Alliance represents the performing rights of members whenever music is played or performed in any form of public space or place Royalties are paid to the songwriter composer or publisher

I might have performers in my music video who are external to my group (me Richard B Matthew P and Richard A) These performers might consist of students who are studying music as a course these students will be playing certain instruments (guitars drum sets etc) in a slightly aggressive attitude through which I intend to communicate the conventions of the rock genre in my music video If I am able to get my hands on certain instruments myself it will be just me and other members of my group playing the instruments therefore external performers will not be required However if they are required I will need them to sign an individual release form that will declare I have permission to use them in my video this is good practice as I will be asking each performer to sign a consent form I understand that using footage of people without their consent is not acceptable I will need make sure I explain to them what will happen in my video as well as what they are agreeing to I might also need them to sign a materials release form so I can demonstrate that Irsquove done everything properly Before filming I will need to find out who the location belongs to (a classroom) and request their permission to film there A location release form might also be appropriate as it will protect me and my crew whilst filming at a place of education

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 20: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT) Those who will make an appearance in my music video will most likely be aged 17 or over The video will not contain any offensive

material eg strong violence profanity or endorsement of weapons (knives guns etc) and the aspects of my music video should be appropriate for people under 18 However I will need those who are performing in my music video to sign a parental permission form which will state that they are allowed to participate or even to travel however my music video will be based primarily at York College and any other scenes necessary for my video will be collected myself Fellow team members will not be required to act out strong violence in my video or travel to other places eg towns and villages in which case I would need parental permission documents which should include information about the nature of the music video and where it will take place as well as signatures from parents to indicate they are aware of what the team members will be doing I need to take into account the fact that having young people in a music video requires an appropriate degree of responsibility and care over their physical and emotional welfare

Filming for my music video will take place primarily on the grounds of York College including the playing fields and the corridors and stairs within the building I may also require additional footage from places other than York College eg a school field or some woods I understand that these are public places in my hometown and filming here will hopefully not disturb people If I was filming on private property without any form of written consent I would get into trouble due to trespassing therefore it would be a good idea to obtain landowner permission whilst filming in private locations I understand that such written consent will only be valid for a certain amount of time eg one week or a few days I should also consider the level of severity regarding making false statements on these forms and the fact that I need to mention what I will be filming The signature of the landowner will be required as well It will be vital that I consider all of this prior to filming so I am aware that permission has been granted for me and that I will not be breaking the law in any way

It would be crucial that careful consideration and health and safety measures are put in place in order to safeguard the welfare of contributors under the age of 18 as well as ensuring that their involvement does not cause them any anxiety or distress I will need to carry out risk assessments so I can highlight any significant hazards that will be present For example on the stairs at York College there are many risks which include falling tripping over or dropping something eg the camera There is also the risk of falling over the railing which would be fatal There are also other hazards which have the potential to cause harm to someone eg loose camera wires which people can trip over I will need to assess these risks to determine their severity ie the chance that someone could be harmed by it as well as how serious the harm could be It would be a good idea to carry out risk assessments because I could reduce the risk of injury as well as the stress of getting seriously hurt or even killed This would benefit my crew members as they would be reassured Outside locations eg near the road will need to be considered as well because there are moving vehicles The level of severity there would be high Health and safety documentation will be required along with risk assessments Prior to filming on the stairs I will need to provide inspection reports on fire safety and structural safety There are certain lsquorefuge pointsrsquo on the stairs which offer protection from fire however I will need to inspect the structure of certain areas of the floorstairs as unstable areas could result in tripping over I will need to record any accidents or injuries that might take place during filming in accident and injury logs Emergency action procedures should be put into place to facilitate and organize the actions myself or my team members should take during an emergency eg if the fire alarm goes off we will need to vacate the building Evacuation plans are already in place at the college if the fire alarm goes off There are posters on the walls at various areas of the college which suggest the safest and quickest route to take outside towards the fire assembly areas eg the tennis courts All of this will need to be taken into account before production this will benefit my team members as they will be prepared to take action and know exactly what to do if anything goes awry

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 21: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+FinanceProduction Costs Freelance Rate-Cards

Runner pound397 (Production Dept) Lighting Camera pound373 (Camera Dept)

Equipment

Canon CN7 17-120 pound285 (1 day) Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED pound4800 (1 day) Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire pound125 (1 day) Final Cut Pro Edit Room pound150 (half a day) pound397 + 373 + pound285 + pound150 + pound125 + pound48 = pound1378 in total This will be the likely cost of my music video production

Financial Considerations I will not be using any props or costume during my music video therefore I will not have to consider the costs of fake guns glass etc which could improve the overall quality of my music video If I wanted to use props in my production I would need to hire them if they were available I might need to ensure each piece is unique and of the highest possible quality this could cost even more to hire The Props Hire Store in National Theatre in London offers a unique collection of costumes and props eg things like armour and sword from past productions These will not be required in my music video because it wonrsquot be focusing on things like combat or intense fight sequences I will not have to worry about the costs of props As for travel I will not be heading to any other locations apart from York College I will be filming inside the building and capturing footage from surrounding locations eg the field The only other place I might collect shots from is my hometown (Pocklington) eg of trees or paths and even a view of the countryside from a hill Bus tickets cost pound300 each but I always purchase these to travel from home to York College via bus so this wonrsquot be a financial consideration for my music video I will need to consider food for crew members if we are working over lunchtime At most I should spend about pound400 to buy lunch for them however this will only be if they ask for it The fact that I will be paying for food to feed fellow team members will not be definite because they might have foodmoney to buy food already In addition we will be filming at York College and if there is any time we will also film on the field We will not be travelling to other places eg into York Filming will take place at a single location

Budget My overall budget is pound2000 I will be able to meet this by ensuring I spend my money in the best interests of the production In other words I will be using the money I have been given to purchase equipment that is either essential or will enhance my production Hiring edit rooms and other resources eg instruments will also help me to meet the budget target which realistically is lower than pound1800 due to 10 required for contingency (pound200) I am confident that the budget will be met as long as I have purchased the right equipment that will enhance the quality of my production and help me to deal with any extra costs I will deal with these extra costs by considering the contingency fund which is pound200 The contingency fund makes up 10 of the budget therefore my contingency fund should be pound200 If I add pound200 to the cost of my music video production which is pound1378 in total the overall cost will be pound1578 This is still short of the budget however I will be able to deal with these extra costs by hiring edit rooms for additional time because things could go wrong during post-production eg clash of events such as exams or appointments and I may have to utilize the edit rooms again This would cost even more this will hopefully cover the budget of pound2000 I will overcome events clashing by foreseeing them and employing a backup plan ie use the edit rooms another time There arenrsquot a lot of other problems I foresee regarding post-production or how to cover the budget

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 22: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Final budget breakdown If I had the opportunity I would prefer to use the alternative budget with extra

time to utilize edit rooms cameras etc as this would benefit my production This alternative option is more expensive than the other but the overall cost (albeit the contingency fund) almost covers the budget target (pound2000) therefore this option would result in far less extra costs to worry about in an effort to cover the budget In this case it would only be pound14 I might consider using edit rooms more effectively I would prefer this budget option because there would be additional time to edit during post-production and spend more time collecting footage during shooting Also I wouldnrsquot need to deal with a large amount of extra money Resource Cost Alternative TOTAL

Runner pound397 pound397

Lighting Camera pound373 pound373

Canon CN7 17-120

pound285 (1 day) pound570 (2 days) pound285

Rotolight Anova 2 Bi-Colour LED

pound4800 (1 day) pound9600 (2 days) pound4800

Sony PXW ndash FS7 Camera Hire

pound125 (1 day) pound250 (2 days) pound125

Final Cut Pro Edit Room

pound150 (1 day) pound300 (2 days) pound150

= pound1986 pound1378

Contingency pound200 pound1578

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 23: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Production team meetingsMeetings for Production Teams

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 24: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Meeting recordDate 30102015 19th -22nd October 2015 Before the October half term me Richard A Richard B and Matthew P made

agreements to help each other with the filming of our music videos I knew I would need their help at some point to film my music video however my video will not need to be filmed during half term If we all have to meet up it will most likely be in York

29th October I have received a text from Matt P requesting to meet up at Rougier Street in York

tomorrow Richard A needs help with his music video we might need to head to an inside location or film outside to actlip-sync etc I do not live in York however I will be able to get a bus from my own hometown in the morning therefore I will not have any issues meeting up with them Because it is Richard Arsquos music video he will be in charge and it will be his job of supplying equipment ensuring he can film at a certain location etc My job will most likely be to lip-sync or to act for the music video This may also be the case for Richard B and Matthew P

The four of us will next be meeting up at college on Tuesday I intend to film my music video within and around the college building as this is what I had planned for my music video I will be requesting their help to film through the week if I can

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 25: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Meeting recordDate 09112015 06112015 (Friday)

I have requested for Matthew P Richard A and Richard B to come to college on Monday as if it was a normal day I plan for the four of us to film areas of my music video in and around the building in the corridors and on the stairs as well as on Floor 4 The four of us have arranged to borrow instruments eg guitars electric piano from the music department to use for our video however we will only be syncing the instruments with the song so we wonrsquot actually need to play them with any skill There are no lessons at all on Monday therefore we can film all day

We have also arranged to use a classroom to film the lsquobandrsquo for my video Richard B will also need a shot of a band playing for his music video Because it is my music video I hope to film it will be my job to borrow equipment from the media department eg camera and tripod and ensure it is not damaged and brought back to the office at a certain time I understand that I will be responsible for any damage to the equipment or loss Also because we are borrowing instruments the four of us are responsible for being careful with them as they belong to the music department Richard A Richard B and Matt P will be given the task of holding the camera making sure it is positioned correctly and recording my lip-sync I am not sure if I will be able to complete all filming on Monday if I need to film some more or re-shoot then I may need Richard B Richard A and Matt P on Tuesday afternoon in which there are also no lessons

We will next be meeting up on Tuesday at college There is a chance that I might need to film some more on Tuesday afternoon therefore I may require their help a second time

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 26: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Task 31Visual Planning

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 27: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Pre-Visualization Introduction

Intro A long shot will depict the college and its surroundings This will lsquoset the scenersquo for the music video and build up suspense until the vocals drop in

The intro for the song lsquoModern Wayrsquo lasts 12 seconds and consists of multiple shots eg close-up zoom long shot medium shot I will be following this in my music video The shots from lsquoModern Wayrsquo depict the juggler as a child before the scene changes to show the juggler as an adult This is effective for the video because it introduces the talent the juggler is trying to specialize in

The intro for my music video will be a 12 second long establishing sequence It will feature eight different shots each depicting York College and its surroundings from various angles and shots eg extreme long shot of the building This sequence will enable the viewer to focus on the primary location before the video cuts to the interior of it It also introduces the location in which the video will take place as well as the characteristics of the surrounding areas eg fields and car park

The short intro sequence will also consist of panning shots in which the camera will focus on different sections at the front of the college This is effective because it adds to the quality of the overall video through types of camerawork utilized In other words the presence of camera movement in the video adds to the overall experience because the audience can view the college from different perspectives of the camera A sense of variety is provided

Colour Grading The college will be made to look drearily dull through use of the colour grey to provide a bleak atmosphere This will tie to the mood of the overall video and maybe even convey what to expect from the rest of the music video

Long Shot this shot will be utilized provide emphasis on a large section of the college from the outside This will create meaning because it could suggest how big the college is and just how daunting this can make certain people feel

Black and white to full colourAs each shot progresses the colour tone will change from black and white until the video depicts full colour In an attempt to add to the videorsquos effectiveness I will be editing the first three shots taken into black and white and the others with different tones eg high-key lighting and enhancement to create the impression of lsquoattempting to enhance qualityrsquo as the video begins It is effective because the college will be made to look daunting due to presence of drab colours at first however this impression will change after a few seconds as enhancement takes place increasing with each shot

The arrangement of the settings and different forms of editing techniques could be defined as use of mise-en-scene which encompasses recognizable aspects of something particularly a music video

High-key lighting will be employed for outside locations to convey the positive aspects of being outside compared to the daunting nature of being inside the college in which low-key lighting will be used This could provide juxtaposition

The intro will focus on the aspects of the college at which there are next to no people around this could provide an eerie feel and suggest the fear of being alone A tense atmosphere is provided for the location until the vocals drop in Fade transitions will be utilized during post-production to enhance the quality of the video

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 28: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Pre-Visualization Verse

Verse Following the intro the video will cut to the interior of the college and show the primary subject (the student) stood in the stairwell inside the college providing some lip-syncing for the song playing in the background There will be multiple shots of the empty corridors near the stairs to provide emphasis on how dreary the college is in the video The feel created by this sequence will be quite eerie due to presence of places that seem abandoned This will be the case in all verses not just the first one this act of repetition is effective as it secures emphasis on the eerie mood I will be conveying in my music video

The video cuts to the subject walking around the bottom of the stairs This section of the song will also depict the nature of the countryside through focus on the playing fields the hill etc that surround the college These locations will not feature any presence of people the footage taken will be edited and pieced together among the shots of the subject performing inside the college in a manner similar to that of montage The shots used in these alternate sections of footage will be extreme long-shot and panning shot these will provide a great deal of focus on the areas I desire Movement will also add to the effectiveness of the video and give it a more exciting atmosphere

The verse for lsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs features shots of the lead singer as well as repeated shots of the juggler practicing his skills getting better as the video progresses The shots of the juggler practicing within an urban area people trying to copy him and the singer performing in an entirely different location put together create an effective whole as the viewer has multiple aspects to interact with The presence of an urban area could attract people who live within cities due to the fact that they are able to relate to the setting which is possibly similar to the place where they live

During the verse of my music video there will be shots of the student lip-syncing to the track combined with footage of outside locations (of the college) so as to make the video look bigger and focus on more than one thing The audience will most likely be defined by the geographical location eg the countryside (where my video is set) This contrasts from the Kaiser Chiefs music video and people living in the countryside will be able to relate to this location Because my music video features a variety of features eg different areas of focus it will interest the viewer more and make the video more enjoyable

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate on the stairs This technique will be effective because it will show how there is a fair amount of light coming in through the windows on the walls of the stairs The technique could also convey how lsquosaferrsquo this part of the college is compared to other areas

Medium-Long Shot the bottom of the stairs will be shown in a medium-long shot which will provide emphasis on the nature of the location in which the student will be present at

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized so that dark tones and shadows predominate this will create a menacing feel which should communicate how the student perceives the nature of the college he is in This will be influenced by the fact that the student is present in the same shot of the corridors and the fact that there are no windows should convey how dark these areas of the college are compared to the stairs

Colour Grading I will be using this technique to provide a daunting atmosphere to the corridors of the school eg during editing I will make sure the colours grey and white predominate as leading colours these are also drab colours

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 29: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Pre-Visualization Pre-ChorusThe pre-chorus in the music video for lsquoModern Wayrsquo does well to introduce a different harmonic pattern from the verse to ensure the one in the chorus seems fresh This adds to the effectiveness of the song The pre-chorus is followed by a lsquoprobingrsquo passage that leads to the full chorus In this music video a pre-chorus occurs only to return to the verse again after which a second pre-chorus occurs this one leads to the first full chorus This is effective because it leads the viewer to think that the chorus is about to occur at 052 however the song returns to a second verse before the chorus actually occurs at 131 When a pre-chorus does occur in the music video eg at 227 more focus is provided on the band than the focus provided during the verse eg more close-up shots However the slow and melancholy tone of the video stays the same

In my music video the visuals will alter slightly as the pre-chorus occurs Compared to the visual aspects I will show during the verse (dark corridors and bright stairways) the pre-chorus will occur over shots of the student stood outside and shown panicking slightly looking behind him almost as if to ascertain no one is following him The lyrics lsquoItrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo will match the visuals at this point and imply the feelings of the character It will be at this point that the video will communicate the desire of the student to escape from the college My interpretation of this part of the song is that it sounds quite desperate in turn the video will communicate the desperation of the main character

Pre-Chorus

The pre-chorus of the song is supposed to evoke excitement within the viewer and suggest that the chorus is about to begin it is effective for raising the expectations of the audience As the pre-chorus occurs in my video there will be use of slow-motion that will create the impression of time slowing down this could do well to show how cautious the student is eg when opening a door slowly and the viewer could be made to sympathize with him The atmosphere created by the music video during the course of the verse will be the same eerie atmosphere during the pre-chorus This could almost suggest that things arenrsquot going to change for the character ie he will always feel lost and vulnerable Long-Shot the character will be shown in a long shot as I intend

to place him in relation to his surroundings outside The weather will likely be rainy or cloudy to connote a grim and daunting feel which relates to the feelings of the character and his surroundings eg wide open countryside could communicate the nature of the place he is living in

Decelerated Motion this technique will be used to create the impression of time slowing down which could provide emphasis on the importance of lsquogetting outrsquo which fits with the lyrics lsquoitrsquos the only way of getting out of herersquo during the pre-chorus

Colour Grading the shots of the student outside will be edited so that drab colours eg grey and dull green eg for the field predominate and create a dull feel

High-key lighting this editing technique will be used a second time so that light tones predominate and emphasis is provided on light shining through the windows

Low-key lighting this technique will be utilized to provide emphasis on the darkness of the corridors compared to the stairs which have light shining in through the windows

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 30: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Pre-Visualization ChoruslsquoModern Wayrsquo by Kaiser Chiefs During the chorus the band are shown playing instruments in an aggressive and determined manner The location in which they are performing at is entirely different to the places shown in the video eg city streets a theatre and a playground The band are shown to be performing away from other people and this gives the impression of the band being isolated The lyrics of the song support this as they strongly refer to loneliness and regret There are shots of the juggler practicing his skills combined with the shots of the band This is effective because it gives the audience a variety of different features to interact with during the chorus

My music video is about two different students or two different personalities of one student trying to cope with life in higher education The video will follow an lsquoinnocent studentrsquo and a lsquotroublesomersquo student which could either be a single student with two different personalities or two students with different attitudes This is the idea of my music video and I intend for it to be fully communicated to the audience by the time the first chorus drops in at 131 The different sections of the song structure of lsquoModern Wayrsquo will slowly introduce this idea in the music video ie the intro will set the scene for the video the verse will convey the feelings of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo etc The chorus will show the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo who is dressed in a way that makes him look intimidating (with a hood up) The way he performs will almost suggest that he is the main reason for the desire of the lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to leave Mise-en-scene will be used during the chorus as everything that appears before the viewer (which will be characters clothing location and editing) will be arranged in an effective manner and match the mood of the song Chorus

The chorus of a song is usually meant to conveys the main idea of the artist or the big picture of what the music is attempting to express through its lyrics and visuals During the chorus of my music video I will continue to incorporate scenes of outside locations (outside the college) along with shots of the lsquotroublesome studentrsquo lip-syncing to the chorus of the song The lyrics during the songrsquos chorus are lsquoThis is the modern wayrdquo A slightly menacing atmosphere will be created by this character compared to the eerie feel the rest of the video will create The lsquotroublesome studentrsquo could also act as someone trying to convince the other lsquoinnocent studentrsquo to face the difficulties of life I intend to let the audience interpret the video in their own way rather than attempt to communicate one core message This could add to the enjoyment of the viewer during the video

The chorus for my music video will also feature shots of a band performance with long shots to provide the audience with a full view of the band members and close-ups to show guitars and drum sets being played in this particular shot there is focus on the instruments themselves to emphasize their importance during the chorus of the music video as well as for the tone of the track Guitars being played aggressively tie to the rock genre and I intend to follow certain conventions of the genre eg aggressiveness The presence of people playing instruments aggressively strongly relates to the conventions of rock as it is something seen in many rock music videos as well as at rock concerts Close-Up this shot will be used to focus on certain aspects of the instruments eg guitar strings being strummed This will provide emphasis on the instruments and likely convey their importance during the chorus of the music video

High-key lighting will be utilized so that light tones predominate this could enhance the quality of the shots of band membersinstruments etc and create a positive feel

Colour grading will be used on shots of the instruments being played in close-up shots this will enable the colours of the drums guitars etc to stand out

Low Key Lighting this editing technique will allow for shadows to predominate within the shots of the lsquotroublesomersquo student this will create a menacing atmosphere which communicates the attitude of the lsquotroublesomersquo student

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 31: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Pre-Visualization Middle Eight The middle eight refers to the section of the song which has a melody that contrasts with the verse significantly It is also called a lsquobridgersquo and might be a transition In the middle eight the pattern of the music alters to break up the repetitive pattern of a song this keeps the attention of the audience lsquoModern Wayrsquo has a section in which the arrangement of the song changes somewhere towards the middle of the song hence the term lsquomiddle eightrsquo The middle eight does well to introduce new elements into the song they keep the listener interested in whatrsquos happening quite similar to the plot twist of a novelmovie The middle eight could be a new melody or chord sequence but in the track lsquoModern Wayrsquo it is an instrumental solo which slows the pace of the song and allows the audience to reflect on the lonely and regretful mood communicated by it before the pace picks up for the finale

In my music video the same lsquoblack and white to full colourrsquo technique will be employed as shots of the college and surroundings locations eg the field drop in a second time This will be effective as it will rekindle the interest of the viewer ie just as they feel as if they have understood everything in the music video the same mood and direction (from the introduction and onwards) is witnessed a second time albeit with increased intensity There will be focus on the playing fields of York College during the middle eight chances are the weather will be cloudy and grim and along with use of enhancement during post-production a bleak and slightly disturbing atmosphere will be created A sense of juxtaposition will be created due to two contrasting aspects of my video the middle eight will be different from the rest of the songrsquos structure whereas the visuals during the middle eight will be quite similar to the visuals shown previously in the video This section of the video will be maintain the daunting look of the overall music video this could strongly relate to how the primary character lsquothe studentrsquo perceives the place he is in and ensures the audience does not forget what the video is attempting to convey

Extreme Long Shot the college field will be shown from this distance to provide emphasis on how large the area is The combination of a massive empty space bleak weather and editing techniques is effective as these all work together

Black and white the alteration of colour in this manner could provide a disturbing atmosphere This same technique will be employed in the introduction of the music video

High-key lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate during the lsquomiddle eightrsquo section of the song

Colour Grading During post-production I will make sure that the colours white and grey predominate as they add to the eerie nature of the location and might create the illusion of fog

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 32: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Pre-Visualization Outro The outro is the conclusion of the song Artists all seem to have a unique way of completing their song eg through use of

fade out or instrumental tag (end of a composition) The song lsquoModern Wayrsquo utilizes a coda this designates a passage which effectively brings a piece of music to a conclusion Before this passage (which occurs at ) the same slow-paced instrumental as heard during the intro of the song occurs this is effective as it recreates the suspense built-up for the listener during the verse right before the song comes to an end During the music video the action appears to slow down and the number of shots decreases This is effective as it ensures the video does not end too abruptly

I will interpret the effective manner of this repeated instrumental in a different way I will end my music video in almost the same way it began ie the video starts in black and white and slowly changes to full colour and it will end with the presence of colour decreasing until the video is in black and white In addition to this technique I will employ during post-production I will be adding shots of outside locations which will be pieced together in a similar manner as the arrangement of shots at the start The video will end with an extreme long shot of the college the exact same shot as the first (which also depicted the college)

During the aforementioned passage there is a fade-out ie the level of audio decreases until it is gradually reduced to silence thus ending the song My music video will end with a final still shot of the college and a dissolve will occur ie a transition into a blank image This is where my music video will end The outro of my music video will maintain the same eerie and unsettling atmosphere generated throughout the video It will end in a slow and eerie manner just like the way it started The use of editing techniques eg dissolve will add to the look of the music video and they might even make the viewer want to see the video a second time The arrangement of everything that appears during the outro eg the camera angles and shots location and actor(s) help to influence the believability of the videorsquos unique themes eg distress loss of hope in the eyes of the audience The aspects during the outro refer to mise en scene which does well to ensure the vision of the music video is expressed mostly through the generation of a sense of time passing eg the multiple shots of the college could convey the passing of time A disturbing mood is created by my music video through utilization of editing techniques eg high and low key lighting and colour grading these techniques would also do well to suggest the emotions of the main character (the student) All of these aspects (editing camera angles location and pace) will influence the quality of my music video because when combined they create an effective whole as they all seem to connect to each other ie an eerie atmosphere is created by the editing techniques and the way the shots are pieced together in certain areas supports this Colour Grading during post-production I will alter the

colour of certain shots so that the colours grey and white predominate as the primary colours this technique makes the video look daunting and gives it a disturbing feel

High-key lighting this technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate it will also enhance the colours of the shot The use of this technique also relates to how bright it could be outside compared to inside the college in this way the outside of the college is represented positvely compared to the dark nature of the corridors of the college

Black and white the final shots of the film will be edited into black and white this creates a dull atmosphere and maybe even imply that lack of colour suggests lack of hope The video comes to an end with this implication

Extreme Long Shot the faccedilade of the college will be depicted from a distance so as to make sure the viewer can see the whole building

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 33: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Concept BoardInspirational Images

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 34: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Rip-o-matic

>

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 35: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 36: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 37: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 38: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 39: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 40: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 41: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 42: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 43: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 44: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 45: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 46: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Storyboards

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 47: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Master Frame 1Shot number ref 35

Long Shot the band in my video will be shown from different angles eg two-shot close-up This is an example of one of the shots of the band The use of long-shot is effective as it represents the band members in relation to their surroundings

High Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the frame(s) and a positive atmosphere is created for the band and their performance This will be quite different in comparison to the feel the rest of the video creates Other sections of the video will feature low-key lighting and alteration of colour (into grey in some places) which will make much of the video look daunting

Summary This image is an example of a shot that will appear in my music video It will be depicting a band performance which will tie in to the genre of rock

Mise en scene the arrangement of all graphic elements including props (guitars and other instruments) costume location lighting and even the music in a positive way will be vital in ensuring the sequence conveys the intended message and maintains a high quality

Importance this frame is an example of what the viewer will see during the chorus of the music video The shot of a band playing in a location with a strong relation to the environment the main character is in (the band play in a classroom and the setting is a school) is vital when it comes to ensuring the music video is coherent and conveys a message all the way through The shots of the band will also give the audience more elements to interact with tie in to the rock genre and create meaning during the chorus in which the video is upbeat

The things seen in the frame including editing techniques (high key lighting and colour enhancement) props and subjects relate to what will be seen in the music video during the chorus The image itself creates a bright and positive feel I intend for the shots of the band to look positive compared to the rest of the shots in the music video which will look eerie and daunting This could create a sense of juxtaposition

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 48: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Master Frame 2Shot number ref 01

Extreme Long Shot the college building will be depicted in an extreme long-shot this is effective as it will allow the whole building to be visible to the audience

Colour Grading the colour of the video image will be altered during post-production in an effort to make the scene look eerie As seen within this image the alteration of colour will result in certain aspects eg the sky and the grass to look drearily dull during the video

Low-Key Lighting the image will be altered to achieve the desired look of the shot I intend for dark tones to predominate so that the scene looks disturbing The way the building will look could evoke fear within the viewer

Summary this is an image of York College where my music video will be taking place This will be the first shot to appear within the video It will also appear a few times throughout the pre-chorus and as the ending shot of the music video

Importance the shot of the facade of York College is important for my music video as it establishes a setting to the viewer and provides emphasis on the place where the main character is As the first shot in the video it sets the scene before the action takes place I consider this particular shot to be important because it also shows how big the college is as well as how dreary it looks especially with the use of editing techniques eg low key lighting The use of an extreme long shot does well to establish the building in relation to its surroundings eg trees and fields

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 49: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Master Frame 3Shot number ref 62

Close-Up Student 2 will be depicted in a close-up shot so that he is tightly framed and there is focus on his facial expressions This shot could create meaning for the character because it could suggest through his expressions which would be easily visible his emotions and personality

Low-Key Lighting this editing technique will be employed to ensure that shadows are prominent in the shot and that the scene looks quite dark this could create a foreboding and disturbing atmosphere which would fit in well with the aggressive look of the hooded subject

Summary this shot will depict Student 2 the lsquoevilrsquo character who torments Student 1 during the video This image should provide insight as to how intimidating the character will look and even communicate his emotions eg he might be reluctant to reveal who he is However in my video his face will be somewhat visible in the shot as will the wall behind him

Importance this close-up shot of the hooded character (Student 2) appears during the final chorus The shot plays an important role in portraying the character highlighting how lsquodarkrsquo he is and how he might feel due to the focus on his facial expressions The use of low-key lighting could make his face difficult to see thus providing a sense of mystery to the nature of the character The fact that this shot of Student 2 will appear straight after a similar shot of Student 1 is also effective as it helps to establish the relationship between the two characters

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 50: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Master Frame 4Shot number ref 23

High-Angle Shot the camera will be held over the handrail from the top of the stairs aiming down to focus on the winding nature of the staircase This camera angle could provide emphasis on how hazardous the stairs are from a great height

High-key Lighting this editing technique will be employed so that bright tones predominate in the shots on the stairs this will create a positive atmosphere in this area of the college as it focuses on how bright it is on the stairs due to light coming in through the windows

Summary this image is supposed to depict a point-of-view (POV) shot of the stairs as Student 1 (the main character) leans over the handrail and looks down at the winding staircase

Level of significance the shot of the winding staircase is important during my music video specifically in regards to highlighting how hazardous certain areas of the college are and therefore the risk factor of the place the character is in During the second pre-chorus of the music video the camera aims downwards to film how far down the stairs go this is supposed to imply the point of view of Student 1 following a shot in which he leans over the balcony in a medium shot

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 51: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Shot List KEY

Black IntroOutro Green Verse Yellow Pre-Chorus Brown Chorus Dark Blue Middle Eight

Light Blue Shots that will be used more than once

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 52: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 53: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 54: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 55: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Shot List

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 56: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Shot List

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 57: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Task 32Organisational Planning

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 58: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Production Group Info

Name Contact Info Role Stage of Production

Robbie H 07470 408100 Visual Planning Filming obtaining equipment editing

Pre Production Production Post Production

Richard B 07856 435198 Holding the cameralip syncing

Production

Matthew P 07708 099347 Filminglip-syncing Production

Richard A 07565 507190 Filminglip-syncing Production

Media Dept NA Supplying technical equipment room to film in and green screen (if available)

Production

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 59: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Location informationYork College filming will take place primarily in and around the college building There are many corridors staircases and classrooms where the video can be filmed therefore there would be many options to take if a certain location could not be used eg due to the presence of people or cleaners The college building is massive therefore there are a variety of options if I find that I cannot film in a specific place For example if I want to film in the classroom 2F065 and access to it is not available I can always choose an alternate This shows that the location has a lot of benefits for my music video production

Weather if it rains we wonrsquot be able to film on the field therefore we will stop filming for one day and film the sequence we desire another day if the rain has stopped There would be a risk of slipping on the muddy ground as well as the camera getting wet This would have a negative impact on the production of my music video because some of it will be taking place outside If it has rained there wonrsquot be a great deal of alternative options to take especially because the ground is muddy this could make the shot where Student 2 pushes Student 1 over on the field increasingly difficult

People there are a lot of people in this location therefore I will need to make sure I film in areas that are not too crowded eg the atrium This will benefit my production due to no interference from people who arenrsquot part of the production It can also make production far less time consuming if I accidently catch someone on camera I will have to stop filming continually as they will be interfering with my production albeit unintentionally This puts the location I chose (York College with the stairs in particular) at a big disadvantage

Chapel Hill Pocklington I will be obtaining shots at this location This is not private land therefore I would not be required to fill in any forms to ensure I can film here This place is part of a public footpath and there are no houses this far up the hill There is a chance that the ground will be slippy especially if it has rained and I will be able to overcome the issue of falling by being careful of where I walk There is a danger at the location of being electrocuted a generator is situated at the top of the hill and I will need to keep out of there Acknowledging these risks will benefit my production due to reduced stress of getting hurt or even killed This location (situated away from the town and any houses) is a good place to film at because there is little chance of filming here being interrupted eg by people walking up there with dogs Also the location has many aspects that could fit in with the manner of location throughout my video (the countryside)

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 60: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Risk Assessment

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 61: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 62: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 63: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Risk Assessments

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 64: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Risk Assessments

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 65: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Contingency Planning

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 66: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Contingency Planning

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 67: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Production Schedule Day 1 I will be filming shots of the band playing in the classroom I will also be filming

scenes of lip-syncing in the corridors running on Floor 4 lip-syncing on the staircase and filming the reaction of Student 1 when he sees Student 2 I will also be filming the part where the lift doors open to reveal Student 2 standing there as well as a few scenes of li[-syncing for the earphones scene and the scene with the lockers Both will feature Student 2 and Student 1 respectively (both portrayed by myself)

Day 2 We will be filming in 25066 for the scene of lsquodoing workrsquo in the classroom There will also be shooting on the bottom floor of the stairs for Student 2rsquos aggressive lip-sync and Student 1rsquos lsquoescape attemptrsquo which fails

Day 3 On the third day of filming we will be capturing footage of Student 1 on the field and obtain a sequence of Student 2 chasing and pushing over Student 1 This will be the final day of filming on which we will also be making use of shooting shots not yet obtained or re-shooting shots which failed

Home Shooting I have my own camera which I will be using to film different locations eg woods and public footpaths in my home town I will be shooting scenes of my own when I am not at college and there will also be a brief period of night shooting as well

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 68: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Clearance and Permissions

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 69: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Task 41Production RecordLog

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 70: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Production RecordLog

(See MV Production Log PowerPoint)

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 71: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Call sheets

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 72: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+Task 42Footage log

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 73: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 74: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+EDL

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 75: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+EDL

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)
Page 76: Mv assignment 02 2014 3

+EDL

  • Music Video Assignment 2
  • Idea one
  • Idea two
  • Idea three
  • Mind map of ideas [summary of ideas]
  • Summary
  • Final idea ndash artisttitleinfo
  • Final idea ndash track summary
  • Final idea ndash your idea
  • Final idea ndash mood board
  • Final idea ndash techniques and styles
  • TASK 2
  • Title of productionproduction outline
  • Locations
  • Equipment
  • Facilities
  • Personnel
  • PropsCostumeetc
  • Codes of practice and regulations
  • Code of Practice and Regulations (CONT)
  • FinanceProduction Costs
  • Final budget breakdown
  • Production team meetings
  • Meeting record Date 30102015
  • Meeting record Date 09112015
  • Task 31
  • Pre-Visualization Introduction
  • Pre-Visualization Verse
  • Pre-Visualization Pre-Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Chorus
  • Pre-Visualization Middle Eight
  • Pre-Visualization Outro
  • Concept Board
  • Rip-o-matic
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Storyboards (3)
  • Storyboards (4)
  • Storyboards (5)
  • Storyboards (6)
  • Storyboards (7)
  • Storyboards (8)
  • Storyboards (9)
  • Storyboards (10)
  • Storyboards
  • Storyboards (2)
  • Master Frame 1 Shot number ref 35
  • Master Frame 2 Shot number ref 01
  • Master Frame 3 Shot number ref 62
  • Master Frame 4 Shot number ref 23
  • Shot List
  • Shot List (2)
  • Shot List (3)
  • Shot List (4)
  • Shot List (5)
  • Shot List (6)
  • Task 32
  • Production Group Info
  • Location information
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Assessments
  • Risk Assessments (2)
  • Risk Assessments (3)
  • Risk Assessments (4)
  • Contingency Planning
  • Contingency Planning
  • Production Schedule
  • Clearance and Permissions
  • Task 41
  • Production RecordLog
  • Call sheets
  • Task 42
  • EDL
  • EDL (2)
  • EDL (3)
  • EDL (4)